WQ0044940_Application_20231120

Initial Review
Reviewer
nathaniel.thorn burg
Is this submittal an application? (Excluding additional information.) *
Yes No
Permit Number (IR) *
WQ0044940
Applicant/Permittee
Karina M. Rogers, Katherine M. Rogers, and John C. Rogers
Applicant/Permittee Address
1313 Wynncrest Court, Raleigh, NC 27603
Is the owner in BIMS? Yes No
Is the facility in BIMS? Yes No
Owner Type
Individual
Facility Name
3093 Baptist Rd. SFR
County
Durham
Fee Category Single -Family Residence
Fee Amount $60
Is this a complete application?*
Complete App Date
Yes No
11/20/2023
Signature Authority
Signature Authority Title
Signature Authority Email
Document Type (if non -application)
Email Notifications
Does this need review by the hydrogeologist? * Yes No
Regional Office
CO Reviewer
Admin Reviewer
Below list any additional email address that need notification about a new project.
Email Address
Comments to be added to email notfication
Comments for Admin
Comments for RO

Comments for Reviewer
Comments for Applicant

Submittal Form
Project Contact Information
Please provide information on the person to be contacted by NDB Staff regarding electronic submittal, confirmation of receipt, and other correspondence.
Name* Jessi Banks
Email Address*
[e-mail]
Project Information
.........................
Application/Document Type*
New (Fee Required)
Modification - Major (Fee Required)
Renewal with Major Modification (Fee
Required)
Annual Report
Additional Information
Other
Phone Number*
7045604035
Modification - Minor
Renewal
GW-59, NDMR, NDMLR, NDAR-1,
N DAR-2
Residual Annual Report
Change of Ownership
We no longer accept these monitoring reports through this portal. Please click on the link below and it will take you to the correct form.
https://edoes.deq.nc.gov/Forms/NonDischarge_Monitoring_Report
Permit Type:*
Wastewater Irrigation
High -Rate Infiltration
Other Wastewater
Reclaimed Water
Closed -Loop Recycle
Residuals
Single -Family Residence Wastewater
Other
Irrigation
Applicant/Permittee*
Karina M. Rogers, Katherine M. Rogers, and John
C. Rogers
Applicant/Permittee Address*
1313 Wynncrest Court, Raleigh, NC 27603
Facility Name*
3093 Baptist Rd. SFR
Please provide comments/notes on your current submittal below.
Please consider this information for an application for a single-family residence (SFR) wastewater irrigation system. The property is located at 3093
Baptist Road in Durham, NC (27703). An AdvanTex treatment system with non -discharge surface spray irrigation has been designed for the
property.
At this time, paper copies are no longer required. If you have any questions about what is required, please contact Nathaniel Thornburg
at [e-mail].
Please attach all information required or requested for this submittal to be reviewed here.
(Application Form, Engineering Plans, Specifications, Calculations, Etc.)
Rogers Residence WWTS.pdf 42.8MB
Upload only 1 PDF document (less than 250 MB). Multiple documents must be combined into one PDF file unless file is larger
than upload limit.
* By checking this box, I acknowledge that I understand the application will not be accepted for pre -review until the fee (if required) has
been received by the Non -Discharge Branch. Application fees must be submitted by check or money order and made payable to the
North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality (NCDEQ). I also confirm that the uploaded document is a single PDF with all parts
of the application in correct order (as specified by the application).
Mail payment to:
NCDEQ — Division of Water Resources
Attn: Non -Discharge Branch
1617 Mail Service Center
Raleigh, NC 27699-1617
Signature
Submission Date 11/20/2023

AVVr
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N Salem Street, Suite 203, Apex, NC 27502
agriwaste.com 1 919.859.0669
��II111111f11f�f
tiM ` jE r
, s F1,4, A
SEAL - [-CS79
O24582 =
Nathaniel D. Thornburg 11
Environmental Program Supervisor II
Division of Water Resources
NC Department of Environmental Quality
512 N. Salisbury Street
Raleigh, NC 27604
Subject: Karina Rogers Residence
SFR Wastewater Irrigation System
3093 Baptist Road, Durham, NC 27703
Durham County
Parcel ID: 193976
PIN: 0872-80-79-3534
Dear Mr. Thornburg;
November 16, 2023
Please consider this information for an application for a single-family residence (SFR)
wastewater irrigation system. The property is located at 3093 Baptist Road in Durham,
NC (Parcel ID: 193976). The AdvanTex treatment system and spray field are designed
for a three -bedroom single family residence. The following information is included for
your review.
Appendix A: Cover Letter
- Included as this Letter.
Appendix B: Application Fee
- $60 check mailed individually.
Appendix C: SFR Wastewater Irrigation System Application
- Form Included.
Appendix D: Existing Permit
- N/A: New Development.
Appendix E: Property Ownership Documentation
- Property Deed Included.
- Setback Waiver — Offsite Residence.
- Setback Waiver — Onsite Residence.

Appendix F: Soil Evaluation
- Report Included.
Appendix G: Engineering Plans
- 36"x24" Drawings Included.
Appendix H: System Specifications
- Specifications Included.
Appendix L Engineering Calculations
- Calculations Included.
Appendix J: Site Map
- Site Map Included (500' Radius).
Appendix K: Operation and Maintenance Plan
- Plan Information Included.
Appendix L: Operation and Maintenance Agreement
- Signed Agreement Included.
Appendix M: County Health Department Denial Letter
- Documentation Included.
Appendix N: Floodway Regulation Compliance
- The site is not located in the 100-year floodplain (per map)
- Information Included.
Appendix O: Threatened or Endangered Aquatic Species Documentation
- According to The Natural Heritage Program review, there are no threatened or
endangered aquatic species located within the project area.
- Information Included.
Appendix P: Other Environmental Permits
-N/A no stream or wetland crossings.
Thank you for your review of this information. If you have any questions or comments on this
information, please feel free to contact me at or via telephone at 919-859-0669.
Regards,
Kevin D. Davidson, P.E.
V.P. of Engineering

Appendix List
Appendix C
SFR Wastewater Irrigation System Application
Appendix E
Property Ownership Documentation
Appendix F
Soil Evaluation
Appendix G
Engineering Plans
Appendix H
System Specifications
Appendix I
Engineering Calculations
Appendix J
Site Map
Appendix K
Operation and Maintenance Plan
Appendix L
Operation and Maintenance Agreement
Appendix M
County Health Department Denial Letter
Appendix N
Floodway Regulation Compliance
Appendix O
Threatened or Endangered Aquatic Species
Documentation

Appendix C
Wastewater Irrigation Systems Application

DWR State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Division of Water Resources
15A NCAC 02T .0600 — SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENCE WASTEWATER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION
The Division of Water Resources will not accept an application package unless all instructions are followed. Plans, specifications
and supporting documents shall be prepared in accordance with 15A NCAC 02L .0100, 15A NCAC 02T .0100, 15A NCAC 02T
.0600, 15A NCAC 18A .1900, Division Policies and good engineering practices. Failure to submit all required items may result
in the application being returned, and will necessitate additional processing and review time.
For more information, visit the Water Quality Permitting Section's Non -Discharge Permitting Unit website
General — When submitting a non -discharge application to the Water Quality Permitting Section's Non -Discharge Permitting Unit,
please use the following instructions as a checklist in order to ensure all required items are submitted. Adherence to these instructions
and checking the provided boxes will help produce a quicker review time by assisting the reviewer in locating the required materials
and potentially reducing the amount of requested additional information. Unless otherwise noted, the Applicant shall submit one on ig_nal
and at least two copies of the application and supporting documentation.
A. Cover Letter (All Application Packages):
® List all items and attached supporting documentation included in the application package, as well as a brief description of the
requested permitting action.
B. Application Fee (All New and Major Modification Application Packages):
® Submit a check, money order or electronic funds transfer made payable to: North Carolina Department of Environmental
Quality (NCDEQ).
❑ The appropriate fee amount for new and major modification application packages may be found at: Standard Review Project
Fees.
C. Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation Systems (FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16) Application (All Application Packages):
® Submit the completed and appropriately executed Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation Systems (FORM:
SFRWWIS 06-16) application. Any unauthorized content changes to FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 shall result in the application
package being returned. If necessary for clarity or due to space restrictions, attachments to the application may be made, as
long as the attachments are numbered to correspond to the section and item to which they refer.
❑ If the Applicant Type in Item L2. is a corporation or company, provide documentation it is registered for business with the
North Carolina SecretM of State.
❑ If the Applicant Type in Item L2. is a partnership, sole proprietorship, trade name, or d/b/a, enclose a copy of the certificate
filed with the Register of Deeds in the county of business.
® The facility name in Item IL2. shall be consistent with the facility name on the plans, specifications, agreements, etc.
® The Professional Engineer's Certification on Page 6 of the Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation Systems (FORM:
SFRWWIS 06-16) application shall be signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer.
® The Applicant's Certification on Page 6 of the Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation Systems (FORM: SFRWWIS
06-16) application shall be signed in accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b). Per 15A NCAC 02T .0106(c), an alternate
person may be designated as the signing official if a delegation letter is provided from a person who meets the criteria in 15A
NCAC 02T .0106(b).
❑ If this project is for a renewal without modification, use the Non -Discharge System Renewal (FORM: NDSR) application.
D. Existing Permit (All Modification Packages):
❑ Submit the most recently issued existing permit.
❑ Provide a list of any items within the permit the Applicant would like the Division to address during the permit modification
(i.e., compliance schedules, permit description, monitoring, permit conditions, etc.).
E. Property Ownership Documentation (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(e), the Applicant shall demonstrate they are the owner of all property containing the wastewater
treatment, storage and irrigation facilities:
E Legal documentation of ownership (i.e., contract, deed or article of incorporation), or
❑ Written notarized intent to purchase agreement signed by both parties with a plat or survey map, or
❑ Written notarized lease agreement that specifically indicates the intended use of the property and has been signed by both
parties, as well as a plat or survey map. Lease agreements shall adhere to the requirements of 15A NCAC 02L .0107.
® Provide all agreements, easements, setback waivers, etc. that have a direct impact on the wastewater treatment, conveyance,
storage and irrigation facilities.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 1 of 4

F. Soil Evaluation (All Application Packages that include new irrigation sites):
®Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(b) and current Division Policy, submit a detailed soil evaluation that has been signed, sealed and dated
by a North Carolina Licensed Soil Scientist and includes at a minimum:
❑ The report shall identify all the sites/fields with project name, location, and include a statement that the sites/fields were
recommended for the proposed land application activity.
❑ Note, if the soil evaluation was performed more than one year prior to the submittal of this application package, a statement
shall be included indicating that the site has not changed since the original investigation.
❑ Field delineated detailed soils map meeting all of the requirements of the Soil Scientist Evaluation Policy.
❑ Soil profile descriptions meeting all of the requirements of the Soil Scientist Evaluation Policy.
❑ Provide all soil boring logs performed at the site.
❑ Standard soil fertility analysis conducted no more than one year prior to permit application for each map unit in the soil
map legend for the following parameters:
❑ Acidity ❑ Exchangeable sodium percentage (by calculation) ❑ Phosphorus
❑ Base saturation (by calculation) ❑ Magnesium ❑ Potassium
❑ Calcium ❑ Manganese ❑ Sodium
❑ Cation exchange capacity ❑ Percent humic matter ❑ Zinc
❑ Copper ❑ pH
Note: The number of samples will vary depending upon the project size and past land use history. Multiple samples for
each map unit are required if the irrigation zones are separated, and cropland, pasture, hay land and wooded areas shall be
sampled separately for the same map unit due to past differences in soil fertility management.
® Saturated hydraulic conductivity (KSAT) data that shall include at a minimum:
❑ A minimum of three KSAT tests shall be conducted in the most restrictive horizon for each soil series in the soil map.
❑ All KSAT tests shall be conducted in areas representative of the site.
❑ All KSAT tests shall be run until steady-state equilibrium has been achieved.
❑ All collected KSAT data shall be submitted, including copies of field worksheets showing all collected readings.
❑ Submit a soil profile description for each KSAT data point that shall extend at least one foot below the tested horizon.
® Soil evaluation recommendations shall include at a minimum:
❑ A brief summary of each map unit and its composition and identification of minor contrasting soils.
❑ Maximum irrigation precipitation rate (in/hr) for each soil/map unit within the proposed irrigation areas.
❑ Identification of areas not suitable for wastewater irrigation.
❑ Recommended geometric mean KSAT rate to be used in determining the SFR Loading Rate Group for each soil/map
unit based upon in -situ measurement of the saturated hydraulic conductivity from the most restrictive horizon.
❑ Recommended annual hydraulic loading rate (in/yr) for each soil/map unit within the proposed irrigation areas based
upon in -situ KSAT measurements form the most restrictive soil horizon. The recommended loading rate must be in
accordance with the Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation System Loading Rate Calculation Policy.
❑ A completed copy of the Single -Family Residence Loading Rate Workbook (i.e., Project Information, Potential
Evapotranspiration, Precipitation, and Irrigation Area Calculations).
G. Engineering Plans (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(c)(1), submit standard size and 11 x 17-inch plan sets that have been signed, sealed and dated by a
North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer.
® At a minimum, the engineering plans shall include the following items:
❑ Table of contents with each sheet numbered, as well as cross-referenced with the appropriate application items.
❑ A general location map with at least two geographic references, vicinity map, topographic map and site map.
❑ A process and instrumentation diagram showing all flow, recycle/return, electrical paths, etc.
❑ Plan and profile views of all treatment and storage units, including their piping, valves, and equipment (i.e., pumps, etc.),
as well as their dimensions and elevations.
❑ Details of all piping, valves, pumps, precipitation/soil moisture sensors, etc.
❑ A hydraulic profile from the treatment plant headworks to the highest irrigation point.
❑ The irrigation area with an overlay of the suitable irrigation areas depicted in the Soil Evaluation.
❑ Each nozzle/emitter and their wetted area influence, and each irrigation zone labeled as it will be operated.
❑ Locations within the irrigation system of air releases, drains, control valves, highest irrigation nozzle/emitter, etc.
® Plans shall represent a completed design and not be labeled with preliminary phrases (e.g., FOR REVIEW ONLY, NOT FOR
CONSTRUCTION, etc.) that indicate they are anything other than final specifications. However, the plans may be labeled
with the phrase: FINAL DESIGN - NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 2 of 4

H. Specifications (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(c)(2), submit specifications that have been signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina licensed
Professional Engineer.
® At a minimum, the specifications shall include the following items:
❑ Table of contents with each section/page numbered, as well as cross-referenced with the appropriate application items.
❑ Detailed specifications for each treatment/storage/irrigation unit, as well as all piping, valves, equipment (i.e., pumps, etc.),
nozzles/emitters, precipitation/soil moisture sensor, audible/visual high water alarms, liner material, etc.
❑ Site Work (i.e., earthwork, clearing, grubbing, excavation, trenching, backfilling, compacting, fencing, seeding, etc.)
❑ Materials (i.e., concrete, masonry, steel, painting, method of construction, etc.)
❑ Electrical (i.e., control panels, etc.)
❑ Means for ensuring quality and integrity of the finished product, including leakage, pressure and liner testing.
® Specifications shall represent a completed design and not be labeled with preliminary phrases (e.g., FOR REVIEW ONLY,
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION, etc.) that indicate they are anything other than final specifications. However, the specifications
may be labeled with the phrase: FINAL DESIGN - NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
L Engineering Calculations (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(c)(3), submit engineering calculations that have been signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina
licensed Professional Engineer.
❑ At a minimum, the engineering calculations shall include the following items:
® Hydraulic and pollutant loading calculations for each treatment unit demonstrating how the designed effluent
concentrations in Application Item V.1. were determined (Note: "black box" calculations are unacceptable).
® Sizing criteria for each treatment unit and associated equipment (i.e., pumps, etc.).
® Total and effective storage calculations for each storage unit.
® Friction/total dynamic head calculations and system curve analysis for each pump used.
® Manufacturer's information for all treatment units, pumps, irrigation system, etc.
® Flotation calculations for all treatment and storage units constructed partially or entirely below grade.
® Demonstrate the designed maximum precipitation and annual loading rates do not exceed the recommended rates.
❑ Demonstrate the specified auxiliary power source is capable of powering all essential treatment units.
® A properly completed and executed Single -Family Residence Loading Rate Workbook.
Site Map (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(d), submit standard size and 11 x 17-inch site maps that have been signed, sealed and dated by a
North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer and/or Professional Land Surveyor.
® For clarity, multiple site maps of the facility with cut sheet annotations may be submitted.
® At a minimum, the site map shall include the following:
❑ A scaled map of the site with topographic contour intervals not exceeding two feet and showing all facility -related
structures and fences within the wastewater treatment, storage and irrigation areas.
❑ Soil mapping units shown on all irrigation sites.
❑ The location of all wells (including usage and construction details if available), streams (ephemeral, intermittent, and
perennial), springs, lakes, ponds, and other surface drainage features within 500 feet of all wastewater treatment, storage
and irrigation sites.
❑ Delineation of the compliance and review boundaries per 15A NCAC 02L .0107(i) and .0108.
❑ Setbacks as required by 15A NCAC 02T .0606.
❑ Site property boundaries within 500 feet of all wastewater treatment, storage and irrigation sites.
❑ All habitable residences or places of public assembly within 500 feet of all treatment, storage and irrigation sites.
K. Operation and Maintenance Plan (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(f), submit an operation and maintenance (O&M) plan encompassing all wastewater treatment,
storage and irrigation systems that at a minimum shall address:
❑ How to perform routine inspections.
❑ A maintenance schedule.
❑ A troubleshooting guide.
❑ A layman's explanation of the wastewater treatment, storage and irrigation systems.
❑ A crop maintenance and management plan.
® Note a final O&M Plan may be submitted with the partial and/or final Engineering Certification required under 15A NCAC
02T .0116, however, a preliminary O&M Plan shall be submitted with each application package.
L. Operation and Maintenance Agreement (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(h), submit a notarized Operation and Maintenance Agreement that has been signed and dated by all
deeded property owners.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 3 of 4

M. County Health Department Denial Letter (All New Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(g), provide a written letter from the local County Health Department denying the site for all
subsurface systems.
N. Floodway Regulation Compliance (All Application Packages where any portion of the wastewater treatment, storage and
irrigation system is located within the 100-year floodplain):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(8), provide written documentation from all local governing entities that the facility is in
compliance with Article 21 Part 6 of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes (i.e., § 143-215.51. through § 143-215.61.).
O. Threatened or Endangered Aquatic Species Documentation (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(10), submit documentation from the Department's Natural Heritage Program demonstrating the
presence or absence of threatened or endangered aquatic species within the boundary of the wastewater treatment, storage and
irrigation facilities.
❑ If the facility directly impacts such species, this documentation shall provide information on the need for permit conditions
pursuant to 15A NCAC 02B .0110.
P. Other Environmental Permits (All Application Packages that include stream or wetland crossings):
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(6), submit a copy of either the approved permit/certification or a letter from the appropriate
review agency acknowledging receipt of the application for the following applicable permits/certifications:
❑ Division of Water Resources' Water Quality Permitting Section — Wetlands 401 Certification
❑ US Amy Corps of Engineers South Atlantic Division — Nationwide 12 or Section 404 permit
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(6), this application shall be considered incomplete or the resulting permit may be issued
conditionally, if a pending issuance of any of the aforementioned permits/certifications directly impact the facility herein.
THE COMPLETED APPLICATION AND SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO:
NORTH CAROLINA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
DIVISION OF WATER RESOURCES
WATER QUALITY PERMITTING SECTION
NON -DISCHARGE PERMITTING UNIT
By U.S. Postal Service:
1617 MAIL SERVICE CENTER
RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27699-1617
TELEPHONE NUMBER: [phone]
By Courier/Special Deliverv:
512 N. SALISBURY ST.
RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27604
FAX NUMBER: [phone]
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 4 of 4

DWR State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Division of Water Resources
15A NCAC 02T .0600 — SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENCE WASTEWATER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16
L APPLICANT INFORMATION:
1. Applicant's name as appears on deed, contract or lease agreement: Karina Rogers
2. Applicant type: ® Individual ❑ Corporation ❑ General Partnership
3. Signature authority's name: Karina Rogers per 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b) Title: Property Owner
4. Applicant's mailing address: 1313 Wynncrest Court
City: Raleigh State: NC Zip: 27603-
5. Applicant's contact information:
Telephone number: [phone] Fax number: (_) _- Email Address: kro ers _.ucdavis.edu
IL FACILITY INFORMATION:
1. Facility name: Rogers Residence WWTS
2. Facility status: ❑ Existing or ® Proposed
3. Facility's physical address: 3093 Baptist Road
City: Durham State: NC Zip: 27703- County: Durham
4. Wastewater Treatment Facility Coordinates: Latitude: 36' 00' 20" Longitude: -78' 44' 01"
Provide the following latitude and longitude coordinate determination information:
Datum: Unknown Level of accuracy: Nearest second Method of measurement: Address matching
5. USGS Map Name: Creedmoor
III. CONSULTANT INFORMATION:
1. Engineer's name: Kevin Davidson License Number: 024582 Firm: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
Engineer's mailing address: 501 N. Salem Street, Ste 203
City: Apex State: NC Zip: 27502-2315
Telephone number: [phone] Fax number: [phone] Email Address: kdavidsonkagriwaste.com
2. Soil Scientist's name: Jeff Vaughan License Number: 1227 Firm: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
Soil Scientist's mailing address: 501 N. Salem Street, Ste 203
City: Apex State: NC Zip: 27502-2315
Telephone number: [phone] Fax number: (_) = Email Address: jvaughankagriwaste.com
IV. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS —15A NCAC 02T .0100:
1. Application type: ® New ❑ Major Modification ❑ Minor Modification
If a modification, provide the existing permit number: WQ00 and most recent issuance date:
2. Application fee: $60.00
3. Describe the origin of the wastewater and provide a brief project description: Residential single-family dwelling with
AdvanTex pretreatment and surface spray disposal.
4. Wastewater flow: 360 GPD
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 1 of 6

IV. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS —15A NCAC 02T .0100 (CONTINUED):
5. Using 15A NCAC 02T .0114, explain how the total wastewater flow was determined:
Establishment Type
Flow Basis
Flow
Per Unit
Number
of Units
Flow
3 Bedroom SFR
gal/day
120
3
360 GPD
gal/
GPD
Total
360 GPD
6. Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(6), if the project includes any stream or wetland crossings, what is the status of the following
applicable permits/certifications?
Permit/Certification
Date �
Droved ate
Permit/Certification No.
Agency Reviewer
Submitted
A
Nationwide 12 or 404
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
Wetlands 401
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
7. What is the nearest 100-year flood plain elevation to the facility? 282.2 feet mean sea level. Source: FEMA Flood Map Number
370084300K
Are any treatment, storage or irrigation systems located within the 100-year flood plain? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, has documentation of compliance with Article 21 Part 6 of Chapter 143 of the G. S. been provided? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
V. DESIGN CRITERIA AND SETBACKS —15A NCAC 02T .0605 & .0606:
1. Provide the estimated influent and designed effluent concentrations from the engineering calculations to verify conformance
with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(b) for the following parameters:
Estimated Influent
Designed Effluent
Minimum Required
Parameter
Concentration
Concentration
Degree of Treatment
(monthly average)
Prior to Stora e
Biochemical Oxygen Demand
350 mg/1
<10 mg/1
< 30 mg/1
BOD5
—
Total Suspended Solids (TSS)
200 mg/1
<10 mg/1
< 30 mg/1
Ammonia Nitrogen (NH3-N)
100 mg/1
<10 mg/1
< 15 mg/1
rFec;Coliforms
<100 per 100 nil
< 200 colonies/100 ml
2. Per 15A NCAC 02T .0605(c), is the effluent placed directly in contact with GA classified groundwater? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, have predictive calculations demonstrating such placement will not contravene GA groundwater standards been
provided? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
3. Per 15A NCAC 02T .0605(d), are any of the treatment or storage units excavated into bedrock? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, has a 10 millimeter synthetic liner been provided? ❑ Yes (Plan Sheet: & Specification Page: ) or ❑ No
4. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(e), are any earthen treatment and storage facilities provided? ❑ Yes or ® No
5. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(f), have any by-pass or overflow lines been provided? ❑ Yes or ® No
6. If any treatment, storage or irrigation systems are located within the 100-year flood plain, in accordance with 15A NCAC 02T
.0605(g), which systems are affected and what measures being taken to protect them against flooding? N.A.
7. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(h), has an operation and maintenance planbeen submitted? ® Yes or ❑ No
8. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(i), how will restricted access to the irrigation system be provided? Minimum Two -
Strand Fence
Are all treatment units and control panels locked to prevent entry? ® Yes or ❑ No
9. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(i), do the designed irrigation loading rates (see Application Item VIL4.) exceed the
soil scientist recommended loading rates (see Application Item VIL3.)? ❑ Yes or ® No
10. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(k), does the septic tank design adhere to 15A NCAC 18A .1900? ® Yes or ❑ No
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 2 of 6

V. DESIGN CRITERIA AND SETBACKS —15A NCAC 02T .0605 & .0606 (CONTINUED):
11. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(1), what is the specified method of disinfection? Ultraviolet
If chlorine, specify contact detention time provided: minutes and where contact time occurs:
If UV, specify the number of banks: 1 total lamps: 1 and maximum flow capacity: 6 GPM.
12. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(m), has a minimum of five days of storage based on average daily flow between the
pump off float and inlet invert pipe been provided? ® Yes or ❑ No
13. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(n), have all tanks containing pumps been provided with audible and visual alarms
that are external to any structure? ® Yes (Plan Sheet: WW-6 & Specification Page: See. H-6. 7) or ❑ No
14. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(o), has a precipitation or soil moisture sensor been provided?
® Yes (Plan Sheet: WW-7 & Specification Page: See. H-6. 7) or ❑ No
15. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(p), has a minimum of 18 inches of vertical separation between the apparent seasonal
high water table (SHWT) and the ground surface been provided? ® Yes or ❑ No
16. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(g), has a minimum of 12 inches of vertical separation between any perched seasonal
high water table (SHWT) and the ground surface been provided? ® Yes or ❑ No
17. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(r), does the designed annual loading rate exceed 50 inches? ❑ Yes or ® No
18. Does the project comply with all setbacks found in the river basin rules (15A NCAC 02B .0200)? ® Yes or ❑ No
If no, list non -compliant setbacks:
19. Per 15A NCAC 02T .0606, verify setback compliance by providing the minimum field observed distance (ft) from the facility's
irrigation system and treatment/storage units to each listed setback parameter (Note: Distances greater than 500 feet shall be
marked N/A):
Setback Parameter
Irrigation
System
Treatment /
�Storage Units
Any habitable residence or place of assembly under separate ownership or not to be
maintained as part of the project site
222'
424'
Any habitable residence or place of assembly owned by the Permittee to be maintained as
art of the project site
100'
Any private or public water supply source
157'
152'
Surface waters (streams — intermittent and perennial, perennial waterbodies, and wetlands)
435'
604'
Groundwater lowering ditches (where the bottom of the ditch intersects the SHWT)
N/A
Subsurface groundwater lowering drainage systems
N/A
Surface water diversions (ephemeral streams, waterways, ditches)
435'
Any well with exception of monitoring wells
157'
152'
Any property line
150'
166'
Top of slope of embankments or cuts of two feet or more in vertical height
N/A
Any water line from a disposal system
>10'
Any swimming pool
N/A
Public right of way
N/A
Nitrification field
300'
Any building foundation or basement
100'
20. Are any setback waivers proposed for this facility? ® Yes or ❑ No
If yes, in accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0606(c), submit the appropriate setback waivers (FORM: NDWSW) that have
been notarized, signed by all parties involved and recorded with the County Register of Deeds. Waivers involving the
compliance boundary shall be in accordance with 15A NCAC 02L .0107.
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 3 of 6

VI. WASTEWATER TREATMENT & STORAGE FACILITY DESIGN:
1. Type of treatment system: Septic Tank / Advantex
2. Provide the requested information for each treatment/storage unit and its associated mechanical equipment:
a. PRELIMINARY / PRIMARY TREATMENT (i.e., physical removal operations):
Treatment Unit
No. of
Units
Manufacturer or
Material
Dimensions (ft) /
Spacing s (in)
Volume
(al)
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
Septic Tank
1
Shoaf Precast Septic
10.5' x 5.5' x 5.13'
1250
WW-5
Sec. H-6.1
Select
Select
b. SECONDARY TREATMENT (i.e., physical, biological and recirculation processes):
Treatment Unit
No. of
Units
Manufacturer or
Material
Dimensions (ft)
Volume
al
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
Advantex Treatment
1
Orenco Systems, Inc.
8.5' x 5.17' x 7.0'
800
WW-5
Sec. H-6.5
Select
Select
c. DISINFECTION:
Treatment Unit
No. of
Manufacturer or
Dimensions (ft)
Volume
Plan Sheet
Specification
Units
Material
al
Reference
Reference
Ultraviolet
1
Orenco Systems, Inc.
3" Diameter
6 gpm
WW-5
Sec. H-6.6
Select
d. PUMP/STORAGE TANK:
Manufacturer or
Material
No. of
Units
Dimensions (ft)
Total
Voluame
Effective
Volume(gal)
Effective
Stdoarage
ys
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
Shoaf Precast Septic
1
12.5'x6.5'x7.33'
3500
2,502.2
6.96
WW-5
Sec. H-6.1
e. PUMPS:
Location
No. of
Pumps
Purpose
Manufacturer /
Type
Capacity
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
GPM
I TDH
Treatment Pod
1
Recirculation
Orenco Systems, Inc.
16.75
12.94
WW-5
Sec. H-6.4
Pump Tank
1
Field Dosing
Orenco Systems, Inc.
14.15
115.45
WW-7
Sec. H-6.4
f. BLOWERS:
Location
No. of
No.
Units Served
TManufacturer /
Type
Capacity
(CFM)
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
N.A.
g. MIXERS:
Location
No. of
Mixers
Units Served
Manufacturer /
Type
Power
(h)
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
N.A.
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 4 of 6

VIL IRRIGATION SYSTEM DESIGN:
1. Are there any artificial drainage or water movement structures within 200 feet of the irrigation area? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, please explain if the Soil Evaluation addresses artificial structures and indicate if these structures are to be maintained
or modified: N/A
2. What is the proposed cover crop? Grass/Wooded
3. Soil Evaluation recommendations:
Soil Series
Fields within Soil Area
Minimum Observed
Depth to SHWT
(ft)
Recommended
Loading Rate
(in/hr)
Recommended
Loading Rate
(in/ r)
White Store sandy loam
1
>12"
.200
NTE 12.59
4. Irrigation System Information (Note — this table may be expanded for additional fields):
Area
Dominant
Designed
Designed
1
Latitude
1
Longitude
Waterbody
Field
(acres)
Soil Series
RateR
e
(DMS)
(DMS)
Stream Index
Classification
in/hr)
(
( in/ r)
z
1
0.405
White Store sandy
0.067
11.93
36° 00' 20"
-78° 44' 01"
27-(5.5)
WS-IV;NSW,
loam
CA
0 1 II
0 1 II
0 I II
0 I II
0 I II
0 I II
Total
0.405
' Provide the following latitude and longitude coordinate determination information:
Datum: NAD83 Level of accuracy: Nearest second Method of measurement:
Aerial photog=hy with ground control
2 For assistance determining the waterbody stream index number and its associated classification, instructions may be
downloaded at: hUs://ncdenr.s3.aivazonaws.com/s3fs-
public/Water%20Quality/Aguifer%2OProtection/LAU/Agreements/W S CA%2008-13 . pdf.
Spray Irrigation Design Elements
Drip Irrigation Design Elements
Nozzle wetted diameter:
76 ft
Emitter wetted area:
N.A. ft2
Nozzle wetted area:
4,534 ft2
Distance between laterals:
N.A. ft
Nozzle capacity:
2.05 GPM
Distance between emitters:
N.A. ft
Nozzle manufacturer/model:
Rainbird / 29JH SBN-1
Emitter capacity:
N.A. GPH
Elevation of highest nozzle:
356 ft
Emitter manufacturer/model:
N.A. / N.A.
Specification Reference:
Sec. H-6.8
Elevation of highest emitter:
N.A. ft
Specification Reference:
N.A.
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 5 of 6

Professional Engineer's Certification:
I, Kevin D. Davidson, PE attest that this application for
(Professional Engineer's name from Application Item III.1.)
Karina Rogers Residence WWTS
(Facility name from Application Item II.1.)
has been reviewed by me and is accurate, complete and consistent with the information supplied in the plans, specifications, engineering
calculations, and all other supporting documentation to the best of my knowledge. I further attest that to the best of my knowledge the
proposed design has been prepared in accordance with this application package and its instructions, as well as all applicable regulations
and statutes. Although other professionals may have developed certain portions of this submittal package, inclusion of these materials
under my signature and seal signifies that I have reviewed this material and have judged it to be consistent with the proposed design.
Note: In accordance with General Statutes 143-215.6A and 143-215.6B, any person who knowingly makes any false statement,
representation, or certification in any application package shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor, which may include a fine not to
exceed $10,000, as well as civil penalties up to $25,000 per violation.
North Carolina Professional Engineer's seal, signature, and date: I+lirly�
�.A
Q� �r' •. Fie. a
SEAL - C-CS79
024582 =
Applicant's Certification per 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b):
� J+1I+oi 2��3
1, Karina M. Rogers, Owner attest that this application for
(Signature Authority's name & title from Application Item I.3.)
Karina Rogers Residence WWiS
(Facility name from Application Item H.1.)
has been reviewed by me and is accurate and complete to the best of my knowledge. I understand that any discharge of wastewater
from this non -discharge system to surface waters or the land will result in an immediate enforcement action that may include civil
penalties, injunctive relief, and/or criminal prosecution. I will make no claim against the Division of Water Resources should a condition
of this permit be violated. I also understand that if all required parts of this application package are not completed and that if all required
supporting information and attachments are not included, this application package will be returned to me as incomplete. I further certify
that the applicant or any affiliate has not been convicted of an environmental crime, has not abandoned a wastewater facility without
proper closure, does not have an outstanding civil penalty where all appeals have been exhausted or abandoned, are compliant with any
active compliance schedule, and do not have any overdue annual fees per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(e).
Note: In accordance with General Statutes 143-215.6A and 143-215.613, any person who knowingly makes any false statement,
representation, or certification in any application package shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor, which may include a fine not to
exceed $10,000 as well as civil penalties up to $25,000 per violation.
Signature: 0, �0 Date: 10-- -aPZQ3
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 6 of 6

Appendix E
Property Ownership Documentation

Register of Deeds
Sharon A. Davis
Durham County, NC
NON -WARRANTY DEED
Excise Tax: $0.00 - NTC
Parcel Identifier No. 193976 Verified by
07/07/2023 04:38:56PM
BT: OPR B: 9948 P: 128 Pages: 4
DEED -DEED
Fee: $26.00 Excise Tax: $0.00
INSTRUMENT #2023067247
Sharon Marsh
County on the day of 12023
This instrument was prepared by: Bagwell Holt Smith, PA (without the benefit of title examination)
Grantee's address (return to): 3093 Baptist Road, Durham NC 27703
THIS DEED is made this 7th day of July, 2023, by and between
GRANTOR
KATHERINE MILDRED ROGERS, unmarried
JOHN CYRUS ROGERS, unmarried
KARINA M. ROGERS, unmarried
3093 Baptist Road
Durham NC 27703
GRANTEE
KATHERINE MILDRED ROGERS, unmarried and
JOHN CYRUS ROGERS, unmarried; and
KARINA M. ROGERS, unmarried
AS JOINT TENANTS WITH RIGHT OF
SURVIVORSHIP
3093 Baptist Road
Durham NC 27703
The designation Grantor and Grantee as used herein shall include said parties, their heirs, successors, and assigns, and shall include
singular, plural, masculine, feminine or neuter as required by context.
WITNESSETH, that the Grantor, for a valuable consideration paid by the Grantee, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, has
and by these presents does grant, bargain, sell and convey unto the Grantee, its successors and assigns, all of his or her interest in and to
that certain tract of real estate located in Durham County, North Carolina and more particularly described as follows:
See Exhibit A attached and incorporated herein by reference.
TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the aforesaid lot or parcel of land and all privileges and appurtenances thereto belonging to the Grantee in
fee simple.
The Grantor makes no warranty, express or implied, as to title to the property hereinabove described.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Grantor has duly executed the foregoing as of the day and year first above written
100054464.DOC!NC Bar Association Form No. 3 (0 1976, Revised (0 1977, 2002
Printed by Ag Submi tted electronically by "Bagwell Holt Smith PA -CC"
in compliance with North Carolina statutes governing recordable documents
and the terms of the submitter agreement with the Durham County Register of Deeds.

2023067247 BT: OPR B: 9948 P: 129
07/07/2023 04:38:56 PM Page 2 of 4
ip12u►'tP'71nbC,� (Seal)
KATHERINE MILDRED ROG RS
(Seal)
O N US RS
STATEOF N00' n CU,dbelcl\
Sb
COUNTY OF
40
1, a Notary Public, certify that the following person personally appeared before me this day acknowledging to me that
he/she signed the foregoing document: KATHERINE MILDRED ROGERS
Date: 2023
(Affix Official Seal below)
`\\\`\`\`�� R 11 El,,gi�,
r y Notary Public ;
Wake
County -
My Comm. Exp,
Q. 07-01-2026 Pic
CAB
STATE OF
Official Signature of Notary Public
Print Name: 5k-%om6vrR, isZIPL l
My commission expires: �" tVP
COUNTY OF
1, a Notary Public, certify that the following person personally appeared before me this day acknowledging to me that
he/she signed the foregoing document: JOHN CYRUS ROGERS
Date: 4
- , 2023
(Affix Official Seal below)
RE
Notary public <'
Wake
_ County My Comm Exp,
Z 07-01-2026 P \�
oCAR �
(00054464.DOC)NC Bar Association Form No. 3 01976, Revised ® 1977, 2002
Printed by Agreement with the NC Bar Association - 1981
Official Signature ofNota,y Public
'C ,
Print Name: 5hcvvd6reP—
My commission expires: r 2lo

2023067247 BT: OPR B: 9948 P: 130
07/07/2023 04:38:56 PM Page 3 of 4
'P11L�— Seal)
KARINA M. ROGlfRS BYWATHERINE MILDRED ROGERS h
STATE OF Nudin Caroh np\
COUNTY OF Cic' a-lya
attorney -in -fact
1, o(f Notary Public for said County and State, do hereby certify that KATHERINE
MILDRED ROGERS, Attol y-in-Fact for KARINA M. ROGERS, personally appeared before me this day and being
duly sworn executed the foregoing instrument for and on behalf of the said KARINA M. ROGERS, and that his/her
authority to execute and acknowledge this instrument is contained in the Power ofAttorney duly executed, acknowledged,
and recorded in the office of the Register of Deeds in the County of DURHAM, State of North Carolina on the 7 day of
July , 2023, and that this instrument was executed on behalf of KARINA M. ROGERS, under and by virtue of
the authority given by said Power of Attorney, for the purposes therein expressed.
Witness 1ny hand and official seal or stamp this 71111
P
G�
y Notary public
My Commission Expires: wake =
NY cornonly -
M. Ex
''07 0 01-2026 ��
C
%,,AR
,,
(00054464.DOC)NC Bar Association Form No, 3 ®1976, Revised ®1977, 2002
Printed by Agreement with the NC Bar Association - 1981
day of Ji L& 2023.
S rrt?, , Notary Public
Printed Nanre of Not

2023067247 BT: OPR B: 9948 P: 131
07/07/2023 04:38:56 PM Page 4 of 4
EXHIBIT A
BEING all of that tract or parcel of land, containing 18.256 acres, more or less, as shown on
plat of survey entitled SURVEY FOR ESTATE OF J.P. SELEY, by Jerry S. Hunt, Land
Surveyor, dated September 29, 2011, which plat is recorded in Plat Book 188, Page 187 of
the Durham County Registry and to which plat reference is hereby made for a more
particular description of the same.

Register of Deeds
Sharon A. Davis
Durham County, NC
09/23/2022 02:41:16PM
BT: OPR B: 9787 P: 989 Pages: 2
DEED -DEED
Fee: $1,026.00 Excise Tax: $1000.00
INSTRUMENT #2022037916
April Carrington
NORTH CAROLINA GENERAL WARRANTY DEED
Excise Tax: $1.000.00
Parcel Identifier No.: 193976
Mail after recording to: Grantee Title Insurance Policy Issued by: Market Title Company
This instrument «vas prepared by: Mann. MCGibney. . & Jordan. 16 Consultant Place. Suite 101. Durham. NC 27707
Brief Description from the Index: 18.256. ESTATE OF J.P. SELEY. PB 188. Pg 187
THIS DEED made this 22ndday of September . 2022 bv andbet«veen
GRANTOR
Cy nthia J. Schauer and Robert J. Schauer. a married couple
3009 Baptist Road
Durham. NC 27703
GRANTEE
Katherine Mildred Rogers. married. and
Karina M. Rogers
3093 Baptist Road
Durham. NC 27703
The designation Grantor and Grantee as used herein shall include said parties. their heirs. successors. and assigns. and
shall include singular. plural. masculine. feminine or neuter as required by context.
WITNESSETH. that the Grantor. for a valuable consideration paid by the Grantee. the receipt of «-hich is hereby
ackno«-ledged. has and by these presents does grant. bargain. sell and convey unto the Grantee in fee simple. all that
certain lot or parcel of land situated in or near the Cit-,-/To« n of Durham. Durham Count-,-. North Carolina and more
particularly described as follo«vs:
BEING all of that tract or parcel of land, containing 18.256 acres, more or less, as sho« n on plat of
survey entitled "SURVEY FOR ESTATE OF J.P. SELEY, by Jerry- S. Hunt, Land Surveyor, dated
September 29, 2011, «-hich plat is recorded in Plat Book 188, Page 187 of the Durham Count- RegistrN
and to «-hich plat reference is hereby- made for a more particular description of the same.
Propem- Address: 3093 Baptist Road. Durham. NC 27703
The property herein described x❑ is oris not the priman- residence of the Grantors.
submitted electronically by "Mann, MCGibney & Jordan, PLLC"
in compliance with North Carolina statutes governing recordable documents
and the terms of the submitter agreement with the Durham County Register of Deeds.

2022037916 BT: OPR B: 9787 P: 990
09/23/2022 02:41:16 PM Page 2 of 2
The property herein described was acquired by Grantor by instrument recorded in Book 6839, Page 880, Durham
County Registry.
A map showing the above described property is recorded in Plat Book 188, Page 187, and referenced within this
instrument.
TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the aforesaid lot or parcel of land and all privileges and appurtenances thereto belonging
to the Grantee in fee simple.
And the Grantor covenants with the Grantee, that Grantor is seized of the premises in fee simple, has the right to
convey the same in fee simple, that title is marketable and free and clear of all encumbrances, and that Grantor will
warrant and defend the title against the lawful claims of all persons whomsoever except for the exceptions hereinafter
stated.
Title to the property hereinabove described is subject to the following exceptions:
Easements, Restrictions and Rights of Way of record.
Property taxes for current and subsequent years.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Grantor has hereunto set his hand, or if corporate, has caused this to be signed in its
corporate name by its duly authorized officers by authority of its Board of Directors, the day and year first above
written.
Robert J.
STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA
COUNTY OF aU- R--FIRM (0 ati-
I, 42&& Q , Notary Public, do hereby certify that Cynthia J. Schauer and Robert J. Schauer
personally app-�g red before me this day and a�knowledgcd the due execution of the foregoing instrument.
Witn , s my hand and official seal this '�" day of f 2022.
d
/�J
O ficial gna r-e ofNotary .„ �...
Printed or typed name of Notary � � ,•,• ��-(,q /,�� "••,,�
My Commission Expires:' I- -! 4 Lt,)-
U B\-�G ' 2
C O UN "-'-."
NC Bar Association Form No. 3 1976, Revised 1/1/2010
Printed by Agreement with the NC Bar Association

Appendix F
Soil Evaluation

Z 1�
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Soil Suitability for Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation Systems
3093 Baptist Road, Durham, NC
Durham County, NC (PIN#: 0872-80-79-3534)
PREPARED FOR: Karina Rogers, Client
PREPARED BY: Jeff Vaughan, Ph.D., NC L. S. S.
Heath Clapp, Associate Soil Scientist
DATE: October 23, 2023
Soil suitability for a single-family residence wastewater dispersal system was evaluated
December of 2022, for property located at 3093 Baptist Road in Durham, NC (Durham County).
Heath Clapp of Agri -Waste Technology, Inc. (AWT) conducted the soil evaluation. Property
reference maps are included in Attachment 1.
The subject property is currently mostly wooded with a driveway and small clearing in the
center. There are moderate slopes on the property. The soil surface is slightly uneven in some
places. The property has been denied a septic system permit for a single-family residence. A
copy of the permit denial is included in Attachment 2.
The owner proposes to build a 3-bedroom single family residence on the property. A well will
serve the residence. The proposed soils area that can accommodate an irrigation field is shown
on the maps in Attachment 3.
The evaluation map in Attachment 3 details the locations of the soil borings, soil types, property
lines, proposed soils area for irrigation, and saturated hydraulic conductivity (KsaT) test
locations. The dominant soil type on this property and proposed application area is Whitestore
sandy loam (map symbol WsB). A detailed description of a typical profile within the proposed
application area is shown in Attachment 4. All profile descriptions are for moist soil. A written
description of a typical deep boring profile is below. A standard soil fertility sample was
obtained for each horizon and is included in Attachment 5.

AWT Typical Profile — Surface Irrigation System Utilization Area
Sideslope landscape position (4-6% slope)
SHWT (perched) is estimated to vary between 8 and 14 inches — typically begin within the Bt
horizon. Isolated spots with indications of redoximorphic features at depths of < 12 inches may
be present; however, these appear to be due to small pockets of disturbance and not a SHWT
issue. Variation in thickness and depths of each horizon were noted across site.
A 0 to 2 inches, brown (lOYR 5/3) sandy loam; no mottles; granular structure; very friable;
non -sticky, non -plastic
Bt 2 to 18 inches, strong brown (7.5YR 5/6) clay; many medium distinct prominent reddish
brown (2.5YR 4/4) mottles; weak sub -angular blocky to massive structure; firm; sticky,
very plastic (Bt horizon varies in thickness, also several borings contained brownish gray
(IOYR 612) mottles at approximately 8-14 inches)
BC 18 to 44 inches, yellowish red (5YR 5/6) clay loam to sandy clay loam; few medium
distinct reddish brown (2.5YR 4/4) and gray (lOYR 5/1) mottles; massive structure; very
firm; sticky; plastic
C 44 to 84 inches, light gray (2.5YR 3/4) loam; few medium yellowish brown (lOYR 5/4)
and gray (IOYR 6/1) mottles; massive structure; friable; non -sticky; non -plastic
Saturated Hydraulic Conductivity (KsaT) Tests
A total of three KsaT tests were conducted within the proposed irrigation area on December 6,
2022 (locations noted in Attachment 3). The purpose of these tests was to determine
permeability within the most restrictive soil horizon (Bt horizons). All tests were performed
with a Johnson Permeameter. The results are summarized below. The field datasheets,
computational spreadsheet, soil boring logs, and pictures are in Attachment 6. Results have been
rounded to the nearest thousandth to maintain significant figures.
Table 1. Saturated Hydraulic Conductivity (KsaT) Data.
KsaT Test Identification
KsaT Test De th
Permeabilijy
-----inches-----
----- in/hr-----
1
17
0.069
2
14
0.031
3
22
0.053
Geometric Mean
0.048
Loading Rate and Sprayfield Computations and Recommendations
Based on the KsaT data, we recommend a permeability rate of 0.048in/hr (geometric mean of the
3 KsaT measurements) be used in the water balance computation for this system. The
wastewater irrigation rate was determined using the above KsaT data in accordance with the
Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation System Loading Rate Calculation Policy and the
Single -Family Residence Loading Rate Workbook. The computation spreadsheets developed to
2

satisfy the 15A NCAC 02T 0.0600 rules are available in Attachment 7. The Thornthwaite
Method and 80m percentile precipitation was used in the computations below.
Proposed loading rates for the wastewater system are computed using the water balance provided
in the Single -Family Residence Loading Rate Workbook; however, they are summarized below.
Loading rates can vary widely depending on the soil permeability rate and design factor used in
the computation. A loading rate of 12.59 in/year (0.24 in/week) is recommended for this system
and the instantaneous application rate should not exceed 0.20 in/hour.
The approximate land area required for an irrigation system is calculated based on the size of the
proposed residence and the loading rate of the soil. Based on the design now of 360 gallons/day
and annual loading rate of 12.59 in/yr, the minimum size of the drip field is approximately
16,740 ft2. The loading rate is based on a soil drainage coefficient of 50 percent maximum. We
believe the 50 percent soil drainage is suitable for this site given the the ksat values and quality
of applied effluent. The area evaluated and suitable for the proposed system exceeds 20,000ft2,
so ample space is available for the wastewater irrigation system anywhere within the evaluated
area.
The vegetation in the proposed irrigation field should be carefully removed by hand during the
installation process where necessary (the existing vegetation is so thick that installation is not
possible without clearing).
The surface of the soil may need to be smoothed prior to installation. In addition, portions of the
drainfield may need fill soil in order to achieve a 12" separation from the perched seasonal high-
water table. After removing the vegetation from the sprayfield area, the area should be evaluated
to determine the quantities of fill soil needed. The natural topography is ideal to shed surface
water, and this should not be adjusted. The present soil surface texture is sandy loam and offers
a good infiltrative surface. Fill material, where needed, should have the following
characteristics:
1) Coarse fragments as defined by USDA (2 mm to 3.0 inches) shall not exceed 10% by
volume of the volume of the fill material.
2) Fill material shall not contain more than 5% organic matter (including leaf debris,
twigs, sticks, etc.)
3) Fill material shall not include any construction debris such as bricks, concrete,
construction wood materials, or any components or fragments of such.
4) Fill material shall classify under one of the following USDA soil texture classes:
loamy sand, sandy loam, sandy clay loam, loam, or silt loam. Particle size analysis may
be confirmed by a third -party testing laboratory if necessary.
AWT is recommending a surface spray irrigation system with ADVANTEX pretreatment to
serve the proposed single-family residence. The proposed system will satisfy the design criteria
outlined in 15A NCAC 02T .0605.
We appreciate the opportunity to assist you in this matter. Please contact us with any questions,
concerns, or comments.
3

Attachment List
Attachment I Property Reference Maps
Attachment 2 County Denial Letter
Attachment 3 Planning Maps
Attachment 4 Profile Description
Attachment 5 Fertility Sample
Attachment 6 KSat Test Information
Attachment 7 Single Family Residence Loading Rate Workbook
E

Attachment 1
Property Reference Maps

0
REFERENCE:
wtel:-121
0
(ENF) EXISTING NAIL FOUND
(NS)—NAIL SET
0
(EPIC) —EXISTING PI< NAIL
(PKS)--PIG NAIL SET
(EIP)- EXISTING IRON PIPE
0
SIPS) —IRON PIPE SET"
ERB)--EXISTING REBAR
0
(RBS)—RE—BAR SET
(MP) —MATHEMATICAL
0
POINT
NIm
R'+3 ma's » ►i�- ? � � >.��� ��..
3f,>
z� ' '
eta
0. % .
Z�hm� '°574 4 11 e)
v A: THAT lK SURVEY CREATES A SUMVISION OF IANO. OiCITH N THE AREA
� A C;INTY OR 1y1llMlftA[.!'iY THAT HAS AN ORDINANCE THAT
REC ULATES PARCELS OF LAND.
S. THAT THE SURVEY IS LOCATED 10 SUCH PORTMON OF A COUNTY OR
MUNICIPALITY 'MAT IS UNREGULATED AS TO AN OWMANCE THAT
REGULATES PARCELS OF LAND.
THAT THE SURVEY IS Of AN VW ING PARCEL OR PARCELS OF LAKD-
` D. THAT INE SURVEY IS OF ANCITHER CATWORY, SUCH AS THE RECOMBINATION
ta
If OF EMSTING PARC " A COURT—ORDISM SURVEY, OR
r. OMER SW PTIONS TO THE DEFINMON O SUBIIIVISIO 1.
E. THE INFORMATION AYA[L.I.L: TO THE SURVEYOR IS SUCH THAT THE
} SURVEYOR I5 UN� 70 MAKE A i�IylTs WRA7TCIE�I TO 7HE BEST OF
7 4 HIS OR HER PROFESSIONAL ANUTY AS TO PROMMO1S CONTAINED
04 (A) TWC:1I.IGH (p) AE3OVE. �
1 '+. Nam..°-c� °
Ai
ePC � ... �4
a"r �De
u v I �35 IS14
Of
FILED
'F ► CFlat Book
page
a F AD za� t The
oD
� MH", V, kpi N T #
All
.1 CI i3`f (I41 (Ir) CLc� �1'i toy+
Imo,, 4� .� t •r. JERRY L. HUNT LAND SURVEYOR
�. � M � �DURHAMPeI. C: 27722
ZA
't SURVEY FOR
UNLESS SIGNED. SEALED AND DATED, T141S IS A
PRELIMINARY PLAT, NOT FOR RECORDATION, SALES
SCALE: 1a . tee

r
WILLIE L. COVINGTON
REGISTER OF DEEDS, DURHAM COUNTY
DURHAM COUNTY COURTHOUSE
200 E. MAIN STREET
DURHAM, NC 27701
PLEASE RETAIN YELLOW TRAILER PAGE
It is part of recorded document, and must be submitted with original for re-recording
and/or cancellation.
********kkkkkklk####k*#*********#*****##*##********#**#*k#kk*#*****#*k*********k#*k#*kkkkkkkkkkkkkk###k*k#*k#*kkk*kkkkk*k
Filed For Registration: 10/04/2011 11:17:51 AM
Book: PLAT 188 Page: 187-188
Document No.: 2011030031
PLAT 2 PGS $21.00
Recorder: TANIKA TRICE
2011030031

Attachment 2
County Denial Letter

ill
Public Health
July 24, 2023
Re: Application for improvement permit for. Karina Rogers (owner) Jessi Banks (applicant)
Property site: 3093 Baptist Rd, Durham, NC 27703
Parcel ID: 193976 Environmental Health Division file number: 398040
Dear Karina Rogers,
The Durham County Department of Public Health, Environmental Health Division on 07/20/2023
evaluated the above referenced property at the site designated on the plat/site plan that
accompanied your improvement permit application. According to your application the site is
to serve a 3 bedroom residence with a design wastewater flow of 360 gallons per day.
The evaluation was done in accordance with the laws and rules governing wastewater systems in
North Carolina General Statute 130A-333 including related statutes and Title 15A, Subchapter
18A, of the North Carolina Administrative Code, Rule .1900 and related rules.
Based on the criteria set out in Title 15A, Subchapter 18A, of the North Carolina Administrative
Code, Rule .1940 through .1948, the evaluation indicated that the site is UNSUITABLE for a
sanitary system of sewage treatment and disposal. Therefore, we must deny your request for an
improvement permit. A copy of the site evaluation is enclosed. The site is unsuitable based on
the following:
Unsuitable soil topography and/or landscape position (Rule .1940)
✓ Unsuitable soil characteristics (structure or clay mineralogy) (Rule
✓ Unsuitable soil wetness condition (Rule .1942)
✓ Unsuitable soil depth (Rule .1943)
Presence of restrictive horizon (Rule .1944)
Insufficient space for septic system and repair area (Rule .1945)
Unsuitable for meeting required setbacks (Rule .1950)
_Other (Rule .1946)
1941)
These severe soil or site limitations could cause premature system failure, leading to the
discharge of untreated sewage on the ground surface, into surface waters, directly to ground
water or inside your structure.
The site evaluation included consideration of possible site modifications, as well as use of
modified, innovative, or alternative systems. However, the Health Department has determined
that none of the above options will overcome the severe conditions on this site. A possible
option might be a system designed to dispose of sewage to another area of suitable soil or off -
site to additional property.
For the reasons set out above, the property is currently classified UNSUITABLE, and no
improvement permit shall be issued for this site in accordance with Rule .1948(c).
Environmental Health Division
Human Services Building 414 East Main Street, Durham, North Carolina 27701
[phone] 1 Fax [phone] dconc.gov/publichealth
Equal Employment/Affirmative Action Employer

You have a right to an informal review of this decision. You may request an informal review by
the soil scientist or environmental health supervisor at the local health department. You may
also request an informal,oDepartment o, Health and Human
localServices regional soil scientist. A request for informal review must be made in writing to the
;a department.
Please note: If you wish to pursue a formal appeal, you must file the petition form with the Office
o, AdministrativeHearings DAYS
,Sr OF DATE OF THIS LETTER. The date
letterthis Meeting the 30 day deadline is critical to your formal
appeal.
.2,re required by law (N.C. General Statute 15013-23) to serve a copy of your petition on the
Office of General Counsel, N.C. Department of Health and Human Services, 2001 Mail Servict
Center, Raleigh, N.C. 27699-2001. The Registered Agent for the Department of Health and
Human Services is Julie Cronin.
healthDo not serve the petition on your local health department. Sending a copy of your petition f
the local department Statute General
150B-23 that you send a copy to the Office of General Counsel, N. C. Department of Healt
and ,
Sincerely,
Patrick C. Eaton, REHS
Onsite Water Protection Supervisor
Enclosures: Copy of site evaluation
Copy of Rule .1948
xu
Environmental Health Division
Human Services Building 1 414 East Main Street, Durham, North Carolina 27701
[phone] 1 Fax [phone] dconc.gov/publichealth
Equal Employment/Affirmative Action Employer rev 12/22

15A NCAC 18A .1948 SITE CLASSIFICATION
(a) Sites classified as SUITABLE maybe utilized for aground absorption sewage treatment and disposal system consistent
with these Rules. A suitable classification generally indicates soil and site conditions favorable for the operation ofa ground
absorption sewage treatment and disposal system or have slight limitations that are readily overcome by proper design and
installation.
(b) Sites classified as PROVISIONALLY SUITABLE may be utilized fora ground absorption sewage treatment and disposal
system consistent with these Rules but have moderate limitations. Sites classified Provisionally Suitable require some
modifications and careful planning, design, and installation in order for a ground absorption sewage treatment and disposal
systemto function satisfactorily.
(c) Sites classified UNSUITABLE have severe limitations for the installation and use of a properly functioning ground
absorption sewage treatment and disposal system An improvement permit shall not be issued for a site which is classified as
UNSUITABLE. However, where a site is UNSUITABLE, it maybe reclassified PROVISIONALLY SUITABLE if a special
investigation indicates that a modified or alternative system can be installed in accordance with Rules .1956 or .1957 of this
Section.
(d) A site classified as UNSUITABLE may be used for a ground absorption sewage treatment and disposalsystemspecific*
identified in Rules .1955, .1956, or .1957 of this Section or a system approved under Rule .1969 if written documentation,
including engineering, hydrogeologic, geologic or soil studies, indicates to the local health department that the proposed
systemcan be expected to function satisfactorily. Such sites shallbe reclassified as PROVISIONALLY SUTTABLEifthebcal
health department determines that the substantiating data indicate that:
(1) a ground absorption systemcan be installed so that the effluent willbe non-pathogenic, non-infectious,
non -toxic, and non -hazardous;
(2) the effluent will not contaminate groundwater or surface water; and
(3) the effluent will not be exposed on the ground surface or be discharged to surface waters where it could
come in contact with people, animals, or vectors.
The State shall review the substantiating data if requested by the local health department.
HistoiyNote: Authority G.S.130A-335(e);
Eff. July 1, 1982;
Amended Eff. April 1, 1993; January 1, 1990.

DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES
DIVISION OF PUBLIC HEALTH, ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SECTION
ON -SITE WATER PROTECTION BRANCH
SOILISITE EVALUATION
for ON -SITE WASTEWATER SYSTEM
(Complete all fields in full)
OWJLNER: ) `OLV-%r CL rZo y-yr5
ADDRESS: 1313 wY r C r 5 C a1 C
PROPOSED FACILITY: 3 &fL 5F A> PROPOSED EMSIGN F OW (.1949):
LOCATION OF SITE: �I;
WATER SUPPLY: mate Well Spring Other
Sheer ( of 3
PROPERTY ID #:
COUNTY: w]
APPLICATION DATE 71/L
DATE EVALUATED:
PROPERTY SIZE:
PROPERTY RECORDED:
EVALUATION
METHQV7
Au
er Barin , Pit Cut I YPh
01 WAS 1 L WA1 hlk{ ' sewage inaustnaz
rrvicess amixea
P
R
F
1
L
E
#
.1940
LANDSCAPE
POSITION/
SLOPE %
HORIZON
DEPTH
(IN.)
SOIL MORPHOLOGY
{•I94I)
OTHER
PROFILE FACTORS
PROFILE
CLASS
& LTAR
.1941
STRUCTURE/
TEXTURE
.1941
CONSISTENCE/
MINERALOGY
•1942
SOIL
WETNESS/
COLOR
.1943
SOIL
DEPTH
.056
SAPR
❑
CLASS
.1944
RESTR
HORIZ
3 < <
vP xl
r�
o�t
wl.E 5C
V�r SC
21
5E-
E w
L L
� " �
sGc
� sE
v�•5
VF.' rFP
!6-za
►�� ac-F
DESCRIPTION
INITIAL SYSTEM
REPAIR SYSTEM
OTHER FACTORS (.1946):
SITE CLASSIFICATION (.1948): AA e
Available Space (.1945)
EVALUATED BY: Icc`t`C) r+
System Type(s)
OTHER(S) PRESENT: 2ca _ .v L�..
Site LTAR
COMMENTS
Updated February 2014

LEGEND
use the following standard abbreviations
SOIL CONVENTIONAL LPP
MINERALOGY/
LANDSCAPE POSITION
GROUP TEXTURE .1955 LTAR* .I957 LTAR*
CONSISTENCE
STRUCTURE
CC (Concave Slope)
1 S (Sand) 1,2 - 0,8 0.6 - 0A
SEXP (Slightly Expansive)
G (Single Grain)
CV (Convex Slope)
LS (Loamy Sand)
EXP (Expansive)
M (Massive)
D (Drainage Way)
CR (Crumb)
DS (Debris Slump)
11 SL (Sandy Loam) 0,8 - 0.6 0.4 - 0.3
GR (Granular)
FP (Flood Plain)
L (Loam)
SBK (Subangular Blocky)
FS (Foot Slope)
ABK (Angular Blocky)
H (Head Slope)
111 Si (Silt) 0.6 - 0.3 0.3 - 0,15
PL (Platy)
L (Linear Slope)
SiCL (Silty Clay Loam)
PR (Prismatic)
N (Nose Slope)
CL (Clay Loam)
R (Ridge)
SCL (Sandy Clay Loam)
MOIST
WET
S (Shoulder Slope)
SiL (Silt Loam)
T (Terrace)
VFR (Very Fnable)
NS (Non -sticky)
IV SC (Sandy Clay) 0,4 - 0,1 0.2 - 0.05
FR (Friable)
SS (Slightly Sticky)
Sic (Silty Clay)
F1(Firm)
S (Sticky)
C (Clay)
VFl (Very Finn v. Very Sticky)
VS (Very Sticky)
O (Organic) None None
EFl (Extremely Firm)
NP (Non -plastic)
SP (Slightly Plastic)
'Adjust LTAR due to depth, consistence, structure, soil wetness, landscape, position, wastewater flow and quality.
P (Plastic)
NOTES
VP (Very Plastic)
HORIZON DEPTH
In inches below natural soil surface
DEPTH OF FILL
In inches from land surface
RESTRICTIVE HORIZON
Thickness and depth from land surface
SAPROLITE
S(suflable) or U(unsuitable)
SOIL WEnIESS
Inches from land surface to free water or inches from land surface to sail colors with chroma 2 or less - record Munsell color
chip designation
CLASSIFICATION
S (Suitable), PS (Provisionally Suitable), or U (Unsuitable)
Evaluation ofsaprolite shalt be by pits.
Lang -tern Acceptance Rate (LTAR): gal/daylftr
Show profile locations sad other site features (dimensions, reference or benchmark, sad North).
i I
I
I
}
I
I
I
i
I
i
i
I
I
I
I
�
I
I
I
I
I
Updated February 2014

SOIL/SITE EVALUATION
(Continuation Sheet -Complete all field in full)
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AN13 HUMAN SERVICES
DIVISION OF PUBLIC HEALTH
ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SECTION - �
ON -SITE WATER PROTECTION BRANCH
Sheet Z of I
PROPERTY ID #: 19 3 f ;4
DATE OF EVALUATION: a"
COUNTY: Drr
P
R
1
E
#
.1940
LANDSCAPE
POSITION/
SLOPE %■
HORIZ
DEPTH
(IN.)
SOIL MORPHOLOGY
[.1941}
OTHER
PROFILE FACTORS
PROFILE
CLASS
& LTAR
.1941
STRUCTURE/
TEXTURE
.1941
CONSISTENCE/
MINERALOGY
.1942
SOIL
WETNESS/
COLOR
.1943
SOIL
DEPTH
.1956
SAPRO
CLASS
.1944
RESTR
HORIZ
d �a
�d5 �� SCL
f r :;c-
rta
61
COMMENTS:
Updated February 2014

_ I I

Attachment 3
Planning Maps

Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem St. Suite 203
Apex NC 27502
P: 919.859.0669
www.agriwaste.com
Preliminary
Soil Evaluation
Karina Robers
Durham Co., NC
PI N:0872-80-79-3534
n1l
Soil Type:
WsB/WsC-White Store sandy
loam
WsE-White Store sandy loam
Parcel
Parcel Buffer 10'
® Powerline Easement 30'
2 ft. Contour
Soil Boring Depth (in.)
<12„
10 13-17"
O 18-23"
Evaluation
Unsuitable Topo
Reviewed By: JeffVaughan
Date: ,22
*Surface water and/or bad topo areas have not been officially evaluated for stream ID according to local regulatory requirements. This map is intended for preliminary purposes only and not to be used as a plat/survey or can it be assumed all streams are identified on this property.*

Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem St. Suite 203
Apex NC 27502
P: 919.859.0669
www.agriwaste.com
Preliminary
Soil Evaluation
Karina Robers
Durham Co., NC
PI N:0872-80-79-3534
n1l
Soil Type:
WsB/WsC-White Store sandy
loam
WsE-White Store sandy loam
Parcel
Parcel Buffer 10'
® Powerline Easement 30'
Soil Type
Soil Boring Depth (in.)
<12„
10 13-17"
O 18-23"
Evaluation
Unsuitable Topo
*Surface water and/or bad topo areas have not been officially evaluated for stream ID according to local regulatory requirements. This map is intended for preliminary purposes only and not to be used as a plat/survey or can it be assumed all streams are identified on this property.*

Attachment 4
Profile Description

Applicant: Karina Rogers
Address: 1313 Wynncrest Court,
Raleigh, NC 27603
ParcelID#: PIN: 0872-80-79-3534
Property Recorded: Yes
County: Durham
SOIL/SITE EVALUATION
FOR
ON -SITE WASTEWATER SYSTEM
Owner: X Agent: _ Phone:
Dates Evaluated: February 20, 2023
Proposed Facility: Single Family Residence
Property Size: 18.20 acres
Location Site: 3093 Baptist Road, Durham, NC 27703
Water Supply: On Site Well X Comm. Well_ Public Other Evaluation Method: Auger Boring: X Pit
PROFILE 1: KSAT Test Location #1— Shoulder Slope Landscape (4-6% Slope)
Horizon/
Depth (IN)
Matrix
Mottles
Mottle
Abundance
/ Contrast
(a)(1)
Texture
(a)(2)
Structure
(a)(3)
Minerolog
y
Consistence
(Wet)
Consistence
(Moist)
A 0-3"
10YR 5/3
SL
GR
SEXP
NS, NP
Fr
Bt 3-20"
7.5YR 5/6
2.5YR 4/4, 10YR 6/2
2, c, D
C
SBK-M
EXP
SS, P
Fi
BC 20-30"+
5YR 5/6
2.5YR 4/4, 10YR 5/1
2, c, D
CL-SCL
M
EXP
S, P
Fi
Comments: Most Restrictive Horizon KSAT Test, Depth 17"
PROFILE 2: KSAT Test Location #2 — Side Slope Landscape (8-10% Slope)
Horizon/
Depth (IN)
Matrix
Mottles
Mottle
Abundance
/ Contrast
(a)(1)
Texture
(a)(2)
Structure
(a)(3)
Minerology
Consistence
(Wet)
Consistence
(Moist)
A 0-2"
10YR 5/3
-
SL
GR
SEXP
NS, NP
Fr
Bt 2-18"
7.5YR 5/6
2.5YR 4/4, 10YR 6/2
2, c, D
C
SBK-M
EXP
S, VP
VFi
BC 18-30"+
5YR 5/6
2.5YR 4/4, 10YR 5/1
2, c, D
CL-SCL
M
EXP
S, P
Fi
Comments: Most Restrictive Horizon KSAT Test, Depth 14"

PROFILE 3: KSAT Test Location #3 — Nose Slope Landscape (4-6% Slope)
Horizon/
Depth (IN)
Matrix
Mottles
Mottle
Abundance
/ Contrast
(a)(1)
Texture
(a)(2)
Structure
(a)(3)
Minerology
Consistence
(Wet)
Consistence
(Moist)
A 0-7"
10YR 5/3
-
SL
GR
SEXP
NS, NP
Fr
Bt 7-28"
7.5YR 4/6
10YR 5/6, 10YR 6/2
2, m, D
C
M
EXP
S, VP
EH
BC 28-36"+
5YR 5/6
10YR 5/4, 10YR 5/1
2, m, D
CL-SCL
M
EXP
S, P
Fi
Comments: Most Restrictive Horizon KSAT Test, Depth 22"
EVALUATED BY: Heath Clapp
COMMENTS:
LEGEND OF ABBREVIATIONS FOR SOIL/SITE EVALUATION FORM
LANDSCAPE POSITION
CC
— Concave Slope
CV
— Convex Slope
DS
— Debris Slump
D —
Depression
DW — Drainage Way
FP
— Flood Plain
FS
— Foot Slope
H —
Head Slope
I — Interfluve
L —
Linear Slope
N —
Nose Slope
P —
Pocosin
R —
Ridge
S —
Shoulder
T —
Terrace
MOIST CONSISTENCE
VFr
— Very Friable
Fr —
Friable
Fi —
Firm
VFi
— Very Firm
EFi
— Extremely Firm
STRUCTURE
G — Single Grain
M — Massive
CR — Crumb
GR — Granular
SBK — Subangular Blocky
ABK — Angular Blocky
PL — Platy
PR — Prismatic
(w in front denotes "weak")
WET CONSISTENCE
NS — Non Sticky
SS — Slightly Sticky
S — Sticky
VS — Very Sticky
NP — Non Plastic
SP — Slightly Plastic
P — Plastic
VP — Very Plastic
MOTTLES
I —Few
2 — Common
3 — Many
f — Fine
m — Medium
c — Coarse
F — Faint
D — Distinct
P — Prominent
MINERALOLOGY
NEXP — Non Expansive
SEXP — Slightly Expansive
EXP — Expansive

Attachment 5
Fertility Sample

NCDA&CS Agronomic Division Phone: [phone] Website: www.ncagr.gov/agronomi/ Report No. FY23-SL030359
k5i I"14'4+;4
Client:
Karina Rogers
Advisor:
Christopher McGee
Predictive
1313 Wynncrest Ct.
Agri -Waste Technology
°± f'
Raleigh, NC 27603
Inc
�- Soil Report Mehlich-3 Extraction
501 N Salem St Suite 203
Sampled County : Durham
/ 5400 Etta Burke Ct
_1
Links to Helpful Information
Sampled: 02/20/2023 Received: 04/19/2023 Completed: 04/27/2023 Farm: Roger
Client ID:
541021
Advisor
Raleigh, NC 27606
ID: 394343
Sample ID: 0001
Recommendations: Lime
Nutrients (lb/acre)
More
Crop (tons/acre) N P2O5
K2O
Mg S Mn
Zn
Cu
B
Information
Lime History:
1 - Hardwood, M 0.0 80-120 70
10
0
0
0
0
Note: 11
2 - Hardwood, M 0.0 80-120 70
10
0
0
0
0
Note: 11
Test Results [units - W/V in g/cm3; CEC and Na in meq/100 cm3; NO3-N in mg/dm3]:
Soil Class: Mineral
HM% W/V CEC BS% Ac pH P-1 K-1 Ca% Mg%
S-1 Mn-I
Mn-All Mn-Al2 Zn-I
Zn-AI
Cu-I
Na ESP SS-1 NO3-N
0.32 0.89 15.2 84 2.4 5.4 5 37 66 17
22 231
63
63
46
0.1 1
Sample ID: 0002
Recommendations: Lime
Nutrients (lb/acre)
More
Crop (tons/acre) N P2O5
K2O
Mg S Mn
Zn
Cu
B
Information
Lime History:
1 - Hardwood, M 2.4 80-120 70
0
0
$
0
0
Note: 11
2 - Hardwood, M 0.0 80-120 70
0
0
$
0
0
Note: 11
Test Results [units - W/V in g/cm3; CEC and Na in meq/100 cm3; NO3-N in mg/dm3]:
Soil Class: Mineral
HM% W/V CEC BS% Ac pH P-1 K-1 Ca% Mg%
S-1 Mn-I
Mn-All Mn-AI2 Zn-I
Zn-AI
Cu-I
Na ESP SS-1 NO3-N
0.04 1.01 21.4 75 5.4 4.6 3 58 42 31
18 22
23
23
43
0.3 1
North Carolina
Tcbwiv Truk f and Ctwinlsskm
Reprogramming of the laboratory -information -management system that makes this report possible is being funded
through a grant from the North Carolina Tobacco Trust Fund Commission.
Thank you for using agronomic services to manage nutrients and safeguard environmental quality.
- Steve Troxler, Commissioner of Agriculture

NCDA&CS Agronomic Division Phone:
[phone]
Website: www.ncagr.gov/agronomi/
Report No.
FY23-SL030359
Karina Rogers
Page 2 of 3
Sample ID: 0003
Recommendations:
Lime
Nutrients (lb/acre)
More
Crop
(tons/acre)
N P2O5
K2O
Mg
S
Mn
Zn
Cu
B
Information
Lime History:
1 - Hardwood, M
1.1
80-120 60
10
0
$
$
0
Note: 11
2 - Hardwood, M
0.0
80-120 60
10
0
$
$
0
Note: 11
Test Results [units - W/V in g/cm3; CEC and Na in meq/100 cm3; NO3-N in mg/dm3]:
Soil Class:
Mineral
HM% W/V CEC BS% Ac pH
P-1 K-1
Ca% Mg%
S-1
Mn-I
Mn-All
Mn-Al2
Zn-I
Zn-AI
Cu-I
Na
ESP
SS-1 NO3-N
0.04 1.15 21.3
87 2.8 4.8
9 33
44 42
14
12
11
11
21
2.0
9
Sample ID: 0004
Recommendations:
Lime
Nutrients (lb/acre)
More
Crop
(tons/acre)
N P2O5
K2O
Mg
S
Mn
Zn
Cu
B
Information
Lime History:
1 - Hardwood, M
0.5
80-120 60
30
0
$
$
0
Note: 11
2 - Hardwood, M
0.0
80-120 60
30
0
$
$
0
Note: 11
Test Results [units - W/V in g/cm3; CEC and Na in meq/100 cm3; NO3-N in mg/dm3]:
Soil Class:
Mineral
HM% W/V CEC BS% Ac pH
P-1 K-1
Ca% Mg%
S-1
Mn-I
Mn-All
Mn-AI2
Zn-I
Zn-AI
Cu-I
Na
ESP
SS-1 NO3-N
0.04 1.34 15.8
90 1.6 5.0
10 24
48 41
6
33
15
15
15
1.4
9

NCDA&CS Agronomic Division Phone: [phone] Website: www.ncagr.gov/agronomi/
Report No. FY23-SLO30359
Karina Rogers
Page 3 of 3
Understanding the Soil Report: explanation of measurements, abbreviations and units
Recommendations
Report Abbreviations
Lime
Ac
exchangeable acidity
If testing finds that soil pH is too low for the crop(s) indicated, a lime recommendation will be given in units of either
B
boron
ton/acre or Ib/1000 sq ft. For best results, mix the lime into the top 6 to 8 inches of soil several months before planting.
BS%
% CEC occupied by basic cations
For no -till or established plantings where this is not possible, apply no more than 1 to 1.5 ton/acre (50 Ib/1000 sq ft) at onE
Ca%
% CEC occupied by calcium
time, even if the report recommends more. You can apply the rest in similar increments every six months until the full rate
CEC
cation exchange capacity
is applied. If MG is recommended and lime is needed, use dolomitric lime.
Cu-I
copper index
ESP
exchangeable sodium percent
Fertilizer
HM%
percent humic matter
Recommendations for field crops or other large areas are listed separately for each nutrient to be added (in units of
K-1
potassium index
lb/acre unless otherwise specified). Recommendations for N (and sometimes for B) are based on research/field studies
K20
potash
for the crop being grown, not on soil test results. K-1 and P-1 values are based on test results and should be > 50. If they
Mg%
% CEC occupied by magnesium
are not, follow the fertilizer recommendations given. If Mg is needed and no lime is recommended, 0-0-22 (11.5% Mg) is
MIN
mineral soil class
an excellent source; 175 to 250 lb per acre alone or in a fertilizer blend will usually satisfy crop needs, SS-1 levels appear
Mn
manganese
only on reports for greenhouse soil or problem samples.
Mn-All
Mn-availability index for crop 1
Mn-Al2
Mn-availability index for crop 2
Mn-I
manganese index
Farmers and other commercial producers should pay special attention to micronutrient levels. If $, pH$, $pH, C or Z
Mn-
mineral -organic soil class
notations appear on the soil report, refer to $Note: Secondary Nutrients and Micronutrients_ In general, homeowners do not
N
nitrogen
need to be concerned about micronutrients. Various crop notes also address lime fertilizer needs; visit
Na
sodium
ncagr.gov/agronomi/pubs.htm.
NOs-N
nitrate nitrogen
ORG
organic soil class
Recommendations for small areas, such as home lawns/gardens, are listed in units of Ib/1000 sq ft. If you cannot find
pH
current soil pH
the exact fertilizer grade recommended on the report, visit www.ncagr.pov/apronomi/obpart4.htrntfsfind information that
P-1
phosphorus index
may help you choose a comparable alternate. For more information, read A Homeowner's Guide to Fertilizer.
P205
phosphate
S-1
sulfur index
Test Results
SS-1
soluble salt index
W/V
weight per volume
The first seven values [soil class, HM%, W/V, CEC, BS%, Ac and pH] describe the soil and its degree of acidity. The
Zn-AI
zinc availability index
Zn-I
zinc index
remaining 16 [P-I, K-I, Ca%, Mg%, Mn-I, Mn-All, Mn-AI2, Zn-I, Zn-AI, Cu-I, S-I, SS -I, Na, ESP, SS -I, NO3-N (not routinel
available)] indicate levels of plant nutrients or other fertility measurement. Visit www.ncagr.pov/agronomi/uyrst.htm

Attachment 6
KSat Test Information
10

Constant -Head Borehole Permeameter Test
Solution: USER 7300-89 Condition I (Deep WT or Impermeable layer)
File Name.....: USBR-7300-89-Cond. I
Project Name........:
Project No .............:
Project Location...:
Rogers
3093 Baptist Road
Boring No...........:
Investigators......:
Date ...................:
Ksat 1
Heath Clapp
2/20/2023
Solution and Terminology (USBR 7300-89 Condition 1)*
KB=QV/(2nH2)[In{H/r+((H/r)z+1)051-((H/r)z+1)05/(H/r)+1/(H/r))]
where:
Boring Depth.........:
Boring Diameter...:
Boring Radius r.....:
Soil/Water Tmp.T:
Dyn. Visc. @ T......:
17 in (Specify units)
8.9 cm
4.45 cm
25 "C
0.000891 kg/m•s
WCU Base Ht. h:
WCU Susp. Ht. S:
Const. Wtr. Ht. H:
H/r**.................:
Dyn. Visc. @ Ta.:
10.0 cm***
15.2 cm
25.2 cm
5.7
0.000891 kg/m•s
Ka: (Coefficient of Permeability) @ base Tmp. TB °C: 25
Q: Rate of flow of water from the borehole
H: Constant height of water in the borehole
r: Radius ofthe cylindrical borehole
V: Dynamic viscosity of water @ T °C/Dyn. Visc. of water @ TB °C
VOLUME
ml
Volume Out
(ml)
TIME
h:mm:ssA/P
Interval Elapsed Time
Flow Rate Q
(ml/min)
--- --------------- Ka Equivalent Values --------------------------
(hr:min:sec) (min)
(pm/sec) I (cm/sec) (cm/day) (in/hr) (ft/day)
Start Soak
8:08:00 AM
3,250
#VALUE!
8:30:00 AM
0:22:00
22.00
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
3,230
20
9:00:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
0.67
0.0
4.44E-06
0.4
0.01
0.01
3,200
30
9:30:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
1.00
0.1
6.65E-06
0.6
0.01
0.02
3,140
60
10:00:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
2.00
0.1
1.33E-05
1.1
0.02
0.04
3,090
50
10:30:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
1.67
0.1
1.11E-05
1.0
0.02
0.03
3,040
50
11:00:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
1.67
0.1
1.11E-05
1.0
0.02
0.03
2,980
60
11:30:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
2.00
0.1
1.33E-05
1.1
0.02
0.04
2,920
60
12:00:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
2.00
0.1
1.33E-05
1.1
0.02
0.04
2,860
60
12:30:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
2.00
0.1
1.33E-05
1.1
0.02
0.04
Natural Moisture.......:
USDA Txt./USCS Class:
Struct./% Pass. #200..:
Moist
C
Consistency ...............:
Water Table Depth...:
Init. Saturation Time.:
VS, VP
not encountered
Total Time
(min)
Enter KB Value:
1.33E-01
1.33E-05
1.11
0.021
0.04
Averaged last 3 readings
262.00
*USBR 7300-89. Condition I
15cm, Model JP-M2 (3"): h
exists when the distance from the water surface in the borehole to the water table or an impermiable layer is >-3X the depth of the water in the borehole. **H/r>-5 - <-10. ***Model JP -MI: h
= 10cm, Model JP-JR2 (2") h = 17cm. Johnson Permeameter, LLC. Revised 12/04/2015
=
Flow Rate Q vs. Total Elapsed Time
2
E
E
a
2.50
d
A
0
2.00
1.50
LL
1.00
0.50
0.00
0 50 100
Total Elapsed Time (min)
150
200 250 300

Constant -Head Borehole Permeameter Test
Solution: USER 7300-89 Condition I (Deep WT or Impermeable layer)
File Name.....: USBR-7300-89-Cond. I
Project Name........:
Project No .............:
Project Location...:
Rogers
3093 Baptist Road
Boring No...........:
Investigators......:
Date ...................:
Ksat 2
Heath Clapp
2/20/2023
Solution and Terminology (USBR 7300-89 Condition 1)*
Ka=QV/(2nHz)[In{H/r+((H/r)z+1)05]-((H/r)z+1)05/(H/r)+1/(H/r))]
where:
Boring Depth.........:
Boring Diameter...:
Boring Radius r.....:
Soil/Water Tmp.T:
Dyn. Visc. @ T......:
14 in (Specify units)
8.9 cm
4.45 cm
25 "C
0.000891 kg/m•s
WCU Base Ht. h:
WCU Susp. Ht. S:
Const. Wtr. Ht. H:
H/r**.................:
Dyn. Visc. @ Ta.:
10.0 cm***
15.2 cm
25.2 cm
5.7
0.000891 kg/m•s
Ka: (Coefficient of Permeability) @ base Tmp. TB °C: 25
Q: Rate of flow of water from the borehole
H: Constant height of water in the borehole
r: Radius ofthe cylindrical borehole
V: Dynamic viscosity of water @ T °C/Dyn. Visc. of water @ Ta °C
VOLUME
ml
Volume Out
(ml)
TIME
h:mm:ssA/P
Interval Elapsed Time
Flow Rate Q
(ml/min)
--- --------------- Ka Equivalent Values --------------------------
(hr:min:sec) (min)
(pm/sec) I (cm/sec) (cm/day) I (in/hr) (ft/day)
Start Soak
8:11:00 AM
3,250
#VALUE!
8:31:00 AM
0:20:00
20.00
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
3,180
70
9:01:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
2.33
0.2
1.55E-05
1.3
0.02
0.04
3,100
80
9:31:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
2.67
0.2
1.77E-05
1.5
0.03
0.05
3,020
80
10:01:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
2.67
0.2
1.77E-05
1.5
0.03
0.05
2,930
90
10:31:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
3.00
0.2
2.00E-05
1.7
0.03
0.06
2,850
80
11:01:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
2.67
0.2
1.77E-05
1.5
0.03
0.05
2,760
90
11:31:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
3.00
0.2
2.00E-05
1.7
0.03
0.06
2,670
90
12:01:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
3.00
0.2
2.00E-05
1.7
0.03
0.06
2,570
100
12:31:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
3.33
0.2
2.22E-05
1.9
0.03
0.06
Natural Moisture.......:
USDA Txt./USCS Class:
Struct./% Pass. #200..:
Moist
C
Consistency ...............:
Water Table Depth...:
Init. Saturation Time.:
VS, VP
not encountered
Total Time
(min)
Enter KB Value:
2.22E-01
2.22E-05
1.91
0.031
0.06
Averaged last 3 readings
260.00
*USBR 7300-89. Condition I
15cm, Model JP-M2 (3"): h
exists when the distance from the water surface in the borehole to the water table or an impermiable layer is >-3X the depth of the water in the borehole. **H/r>-5 - <-10. ***Model JP -MI: h
= 10cm, Model JP-JR2 (2") h = 17cm. Johnson Permeameter, LLC. Revised 12/04/2015
=
Flow Rate Q vs. Total Elapsed Time
c
E
E
3.50
3.00
a
d
m
2.50
K
3
0
2.00
LL
1.50
1.00
0.50
0.00
0 50 100
Total Elapsed Time (min)
150
200 250 300

Constant -Head Borehole Permeameter Test
Solution: USER 7300-89 Condition I (Deep WT or Impermeable layer)
File Name.....: USBR-7300-89-Cond. I
Project Name........:
Project No .............:
Project Location...:
Rogers
3093 Baptist Road
Boring No...........:
Investigators......:
Date ...................:
Ksat 3
Heath Clapp
2/20/2023
Solution and Terminology (USBR 7300-89 Condition 1)*
KB=QV/(2nHz)[In{H/r+((H/r)z+1)05]-((H/r)z+1)05/(H/r)+1/(H/r))]
where:
Boring Depth.........:
Boring Diameter...:
Boring Radius r.....:
Soil/Water Tmp.T:
Dyn. Visc. @ T......:
22 in (Specify units)
8.9 cm
4.45 cm
25 "C
0.000891 kg/m•s
WCU Base Ht. h:
WCU Susp. Ht. S:
Const. Wtr. Ht. H:
H/r**.................:
Dyn. Visc. @ Ta.:
10.0 cm***
15.2 cm
25.2 cm
5.7
0.000891 kg/m•s
Ka: (Coefficient of Permeability) @ base Tmp. TB °C: 25
Q: Rate of flow of water from the borehole
H: Constant height of water in the borehole
r: Radius ofthe cylindrical borehole
V: Dynamic viscosity of water @ T °C/Dyn. Visc. of water @ TB °C
VOLUME
ml
Volume Out
(ml)
TIME
h:mm:ssA/P
Interval Elapsed Time
Flow Rate Q
(ml/min)
--- --------------- Ka Equivalent Values --------------------------
(hr:min:sec) (min)
(pm/sec) I (cm/sec) (cm/day) I (in/hr) (ft/day)
Start Soak
9:09:00 AM
3,250
#VALUE!
9:27:00 AM
0:18:00
18.00
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
3,120
130
9:57:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
4.33
0.3
2.88E-05
2.5
0.04
0.08
2,970
150
10:27:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
5.00
0.3
3.33E-05
2.9
0.05
0.09
2,800
170
10:57:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
5.67
0.4
3.77E-05
3.3
0.05
0.11
2,640
160
11:27:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
5.33
0.4
3.55E-05
3.1
0.05
0.10
2,480
160
11:57:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
5.33
0.4
3.55E-05
3.1
0.05
0.10
2,330
150
12:27:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
5.00
0.3
3.33E-05
2.9
0.05
0.09
2,170
160
12:57:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
5.33
0.4
3.55E-05
3.1
0.05
0.10
2,000
170
1:27:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
5.67
0.4
3.77E-05
3.3
0.05
0.11
Natural Moisture.......:
USDA Txt./USCS Class:
Struct./% Pass. #200..:
Moist
C
Consistency ...............:
Water Table Depth...:
Init. Saturation Time.:
VS, VP
not encountered
Total Time
(min)
Enter KB Value:
3.77E-01
3.77E-05
3.31
0.051
0.11
Averaged last 3 readings
258.00
*USBR 7300-89. Condition I
15cm, Model JP-M2 (3"): h
exists when the distance from the water surface in the borehole to the water table or an impermiable layer is >-3X the depth of the water in the borehole. **H/r>-5 - <-10. ***Model JP -MI: h
= 10cm, Model JP-JR2 (2") h = 17cm. Johnson Permeameter, LLC. Revised 12/04/2015
=
Flow Rate Q vs. Total Elapsed Time
s.00
E
E
a
d
A
s.00
4.00
3
0
LL
3.00
2.00
1.00
0.00
0 50 100
Total Elapsed Time (min)
150
200 250 300

Rogers -
KcnT 1
Depth = 17 in
Ksat= 0.069 in/hr
1.03 gal/day/ftZ
KcnT 2
Depth = 14 in
Ksat= 0.031 in/hr
0.46 gal/day/ftZ
KcnT 3
Depth = 22 in
Ksat= 0.053 in/hr
0.79 gal/day/ftZ
Geometric Mean 0.048 in/hr
Geometric Mean 0.724 gal/day/ftZ

Attachment 7
Single Family Residence Loading Rate Workbook
11

Project Name: Rogers Residence WWTS
Facility Address: 3093 Baptist Road
Durham, NC 27703
County: Durham
Prepared by: Kevin Davidson
Project Design Flow = 360 gal/day
# of Bedrooms
Required Flow
2 bedrooms
240 gal/day
3 bedrooms
360 gal/day
4 bedrooms
480 gal/day
5 bedrooms
600 gal/day
6 bedrooms
720 gal/day
SFR-LRW 9-08

Project Name: Rogers Residence WWTS
Location of Temperature Data: Raleigh Ap (317069)
Starting Year of Data Record: 1991
Ending Year of Data Record: 2020
Period of Record (years): 30
Source of Data: State Climate Office of North Carolina
Site Latitude (degrees) 36.01 within range
Calculated PET: 34.44 inches
Mean Monthly
Temperature
(degrees F)
Daylight
Hours 112
Heat Index
Calculated
PET
(inches)
January
41.6
0.86
1.10
0.29
February
44.7
0.85
1.68
0.46
March
51.5
1.03
3.23
1.18
April
60.5
1.09
5.73
2.40
May
68.6
1.22
8.35
4.09
June
76.4
1.22
11.22
5.72
July
80.2
1.24
12.70
6.68
August
78.5
1.16
12.01
5.91
September
72.3
1.03
9.67
4.09
October
61.4
0.97
6.01
2.24
November
51.2
0.85
3.15
0.95
December
44.3
0.84
1.61
0.44
Total =
76.46
34.44
SFR-LRW 9-08

Project Name: Rogers Residence WWTS
Location of Precipitation Data: Raleigh Ap (317069)
Starting Year of Data Record: 1991
Ending Year of Data Record: 2020
Period of Record (years): 30
Source of Data: State Climate Office of North Carolina
80th Percentile Annual Precipitation: 50.34
Total =
Mean
Monthly
Precipitation
% of Mean
Annual
Precipitation
80th
Percentile
Monthly
Precipitation
3.42
7.80
3.92
2.78
6.32
3.18
4.10
9.33
4.70
3.53
8.03
4.04
3.38
7.69
3.87
3.70
8.43
4.24
4.88
11.10
5.59
4.23
9.62
4.84
4.27
9.73
4.90
2.93
6.68
3.36
3.32
7.56
3.81
3.39
7.72
3.89
43.92
100.00
50.34
SFR-LRW 9-08

Project Name: Karina Rogers Residence WWTS
Annual Hydraulic
Design Flow = 360 gal/day Loading Rate =
SFR Loading Rate Group: B
Limiting Soil Ksat = 0.048 inch/hour Irrigation Area =
Drainage Coefficient = 0.050 =
12.59 inch/yr
16,740 square ft
0.38429 acres
Drainage Rate = 0.0576 inchiday (Formula: Ksat ' Drainage Coefficient ' 24)
Number of
Days in the
Month
PET
(inlmo)
Vertical
Drainage
(inlmo)
80th Percentile
Monthly
Precipitation
(inlmo)
Maximum
Allowable
Irrigation
(inlmo)
Maximum
Allowable
Irrigation
(gallonsiday)
Maximum
Allowable
Irrigation
(gallonsimonth)
January
31
0.29
1.79
3.92
0.00
0
0
February
28
0.46
1.61
3.18
0.00
0
0
March
31
1.18
1.79
4.70
0.00
0
0
April
30
2.40
1.73
4.04
0.08
29
867
May
31
4.09
1.79
3.87
2.00
673
20,855
June
30
5.72
1.73
4.24
3.21
1,115
33,456
July
31
6.68
1.79
5.59
2.87
967
29,985
August
31
5.91
1.79
4.84
2.85
959
29,716
September
30
4.09
1.73
4.90
0.92
319
9,576
October
31
2.24
1.79
3.36
0.67
224
6,944
November
30
0.95
1.73
3.81
0.00
0
0
December
31
0.44
1.79
3.89
0.00
0
0
TOTAL = 365 34.44 21.02 50.34
Formulas: (Max. Allowable Irrigation) = (PET) + (Drainage) - (Precipitation)
SFR Loading Rate
Table
SFR
Maximum Annual
Geometric Mean
Loading
Loading Rate
Ksat Range
Rate
(in/yr)
(in/hr)
Group
Low - High
Low - High
SFR-A
26.0 - 50.0
>0.05
SFR-B
19.5 - 26.0
0.015 - 0.05
SFR-C
13.0 - 19.5
0.003 - 0.015
SFR-D
0.0 - 13.0
0.0 - 0.003
Assignment to a SFR Loading Rate Group for each 15A NCAC 02T .0600
permit application shall be determined by the geometric mean of insitu
saturated hydrualic conductivity data collected in the most restrictive
horizon for each soil mapping unit within the irrigation area.
12.59 4285.91 131,400
Required Flow
2 bedrooms
240 gal/day
87,600 gal/yr
3 bedrooms
360 gal/day
131,400 gal/yr
4 bedrooms
480 gal/day
175,200 gal/yr
5 bedrooms
600 gal/day
219,000 gal/yr
6 bedrooms
1 720 gal/day
1 262,800 gal/yr
Maximum allowable
irrigation: 131,400 gal/yr
The Maximum Allowable Irrigation number must be
greater than or equal to the required flow.
SFR-LRW 9-08

Appendix G
Engineering Plans

Project
Project
ocers es 0 cence WW S
Locct*ion-.
Owners:
Project Consultants:
3093 Baptist Rd.
Durham, NC 27703
Durham County
PIN*- 0872-80-79-3534
Kar'ina Rogers
1313 Wynncrest Ct.
Raleigh, NC 27603
925-895-7002
krogers@ucdov'is.edu
Kevin D. Davidson, P.E.
kdav*1dsonLaagr*iwaste.com
Jess'l Banks, EJ.
banks@aariwasteecom
Waste Technobgy,
N. Salem Street.
NC
859
233
0669
1970 FAX
ince
Suite 203
System Overview: Single family Residence
Three (3) Bedroom,
Design Standard Non
Surface S[Drav
360 gpd
—D1;>charge
l
AdvanTex Pretreatment
with Single Bulb UV Disinfection
ELL
N.T.S.
Sheet Index_
VICINITY MAP
Sheet I Cover Sheet
Sheet 2: Property Layout
Sheet s: Treatment System Layout
Sheet 4: Surface Sprcyf'ield layout
Sheet
Sheet
5-
6-0
Sheet 7-,
sheet 8:
sheet 9:
sheet # 1
Sheet #2
Sheet #3
Deta*i
Deta*i
Deta'i
Notes
Site Map
A%VT
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Rogers
Residence
WWTS
Owner Information:
Karina Rogers
1313 Wynncrest Ct.
Raleigh, NC 27603
925-895-7002
[e-mail]
Property Information:
3093 Baptist Rd,
Durham, NC 27703
Durham County
PIN: 0872-80-79-3534
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
,����111111rJ�rrrr/r.
SCAL t-�S
024582
'r
�J:+irr
FINAL DESIGN
NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
REV, ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
Surface Spray
Cover Sheet
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
J. Banks 07.14,2023
RELEASED BY: RELEASED ON:
SHEET NAME:
ww- 1

Notes:
well locations approximate.
w
—House and pp
/
A%ifT
—Final house and Well locations to maintain
required setbacks.
/
/
/ / / /
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
—Topographical information taken from GIS.
—Base Survey Completed m I e t e d b GIS .
p Y
\�
n�\
`U //
/
/
/ / /
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
h
www.agriwaste.com
'�
o o
Rogers
� �
�
I
Residence
ININTS
Driveway Notes:
/
/
9
/ � O
VV
� �
\
\ \
\
\ \ \
\
Owner Information:
Karina Rogers
1 n driveway h r r more Invertical
A y d veway cuts that are 2 0 o e
height shall be located a minimum of 15I
from the
o
s \ �� j h
�
C% g
\
�\
1313 Wynncrest Ct,
�
Rah, NC 27603
e
925-895-7002
wetted area of the spray field (from top or bottom of
cut bank, whichever is closer to field). This applies
\ �
\
[e-mail]
to all cut banks of 2 or more vertical height in the
vicinity of the spray field.
/
25 Well
s etback
�
\
\ \\
\
\ \
Property Information;
3093 Baptist Rd.
Durham, NC 27703
�
Durham a County
2. An drainage features ditches located along the
Y g / g �
\
W 2S
\Ho
\
\ \
PIN: 0872-80-79-3534
drivewayshall be located a minimum of 25 from the
wetted area of the spray field from to of ditch
p Y ( p
!1 1 s u
3 ,a�
.. • k
�
\
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
bank). This applies to all drainage features ditches in
) pp g /
the vicinity of the spray field.
J i• p/�
I
1opo
I
\
G
_
o �
kk C A PO
,� p act � O � /
_• � •q� Q,t, - ,� ._
+Fr 416
024582
0
\
"
1••
0
0 N �o 0
O� � 'o
CE
\
0
0 00 00
/
\
���liv 3
/
• ... wl
�,,.
�C2
9
\
0
-
�
/ \
o
012 \
O�
S \ \
� �/
a\
FINAL DESIGN
T RELEASED FORCONSTRUCTION
NO ELE SED 0
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
l
1.
O1
/ /
,\^l` L%m
• 1
•.•
..1 • \
` O KS/l
\ C2
C) /
.1.
i
0 /
s�
1 . . ''' 1e
/
G)
SHEET TITLE
PropertyLayout
z VIV E
DRAWN BY:
CREATED ON:
/
J. Banks
07.14.2023
/ /
0 60 1 0
RELEASED BY:
RELEASED ON:
\
Feet
SHEET NAME:
IM�2
24"x36" Sheet

lingo] ILTA IMILIME OlQuAil 14
Avvr
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Rogers
Residence
WWTS
Owner Information:
Karina Rogers
1313 Wynncrest Ct,
Raleigh, NC 27603
925-895-7002
[e-mail]
Property Information:
3093 Baptist Rd,
Durham, NC 27703
Durham County
PIN: 0872-80-79-3534
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
.r .4.0E E. S 5 ►pti �
Q �� �Flw.. d
SEAL
024582
DD
ZVI
FINAL DESIGN
NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
REV, ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
Treatment
System layout
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
J. Banks 07.14.2023
RELEASED BY
SHEET NAME:
RELEASED ON:
24"x36" Sheet
k�a'%�alw

General Notes:
1 . Clear all trees less than 8" in diameter (measured at
2 9
Avvr
Engineers Soil Scientists
a height 3' from soil surface from the s ra field.
)
W ° �� \
\
and
g p y
Clear trees that may obstruct each nozzle spray
° O
Se QS
s a s
I
\
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
g gY�
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
radius.
° °
° C��
s k
\
\
Apex, North Carolina 27502
2. Ve p
Vegetation that will re —grow from a cut stump shall
g g
be stumped or from the Stumps shall
°° . ° °
\
° ...
°
\
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
pulled ground.
not be over. Remaining stumps may be
G
P/?
pushed ground
in place with "forestry cutter" or equivalent.
3. Sprayfield area shall be raked of all leaves, pine
° ° a 0//\\
Q a a /\//�/
° Q.� °° /
<°
0
i
Rogers
Residence
straw, debris, etc. The accumulated material shall be
e
° a °
removed from the s p Y ra field.
/
WWTS
4. Supply lines shall be installed With a minimum of 18"
s °
co
Owner Information:
cover. Supply line to be Installed With a minimum of
Karina Rogers
3619 cover or encased In a ductile Iron sleeve Where
�V �
�vve
(�
/
/
1313 �lynncrest Ct .
Raleigh, NC est Ct
crossing road/driveways
s \ �O �G�
1.0
.,
/
925-895-7002
5. Seed and straw sprayfield as per project specifications.
°
�
I \ �� �,
o
O Q)
/
[e-mail]
Property Information:
Netted Area:°
/
3093 Baptist Rd.
Durham NC 27703
—Wetted Radius Per Spray Head = 38 s ft
p y q.
—Total Wetted Area (w/ overlap) = 1 7,668 sgft.
s \ 25�House
61 Se ck b
\ aQ
o
a
_ o
/
/
/
Durham County
PIN: 0872-80-79-3534
/
A `Q
e J
n °°.
°
\
_�
/
/
ask
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
I
41
'
1
o
\ o
Ti n. OKSAT C0
O C2 L0
00 0
N O
0 0 0 0/
o
C6 o
° j
�
��
° .4
\
71n.
a a
\
I
�>>141tnrlrrll�
` Sto* ­tir '.
, � �
°
.41
y
Q4 �f
�f 41A024582
SEAL
a° °
81n,
171n.
\
r
■
•I� i q ��•
9
4
DB
°
.....
5
°
as a
-
1�1+� �zc23
Se
C
C2
in,
°
2
c
I
FINAL DESIGN
NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
A
1 °
O 2SAT
REV, ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
s °:
°..�
a.
\
71n.
C2
- °..
°
°S °
O °
- '
\
\
a ° 1
°
Driveway
\
1
1 . Any driveway cuts that are 2' or more in vertical
SPRAYHEADS
height shall be located a minimum of 15' from the
wetted area of the spray field (from top or bottom of
,
N
cut bank, whichever is closer to field). This applies
to all cut banks of 29 or more vertical height in the
\ -
vicinity of the spray field.
/
SHEET TITLE
VV
2. Any drainage features/ditches located along the
Surface
driveway shall be located a minimum of 25 from the
Sprayfie�d ayout
wetted area of the spray field (from top of ditch
/
DRAWN BY:
CREATED ON:
bank). This applies to all drainage features ditches in 0 40 80
p p g /
the vicinity of the spray field.
v Y p Y
\ �
Feet
J. Banks
07.14.2023
RELEASED BY:
RELEASED ON:
C.)FIRA"Y' FIELD I)ETAIL
SHEET NAME:
24%36" Sheet

••NOTE -USE 24'
CAST -IN -PLACE
ORENCO RISER
ADAPTER
3" OR 4"
INLET &
OUTLET
BOOTS ON
**TOP VIEW MEASUREMENTS ARE ENDS ONLY
TO WIDEST DIMENSIONS
NO BOOTS ON
SIDES INLETS,
USE CONCRETE
KNOCKOUTS
SCALE - N.T.S.
"NOTE -I' BUTYL STATE
RUBBER MASTIC APPROVAL #
SEALANT CONTINUOUS SHOAF-1250
IN JOINT STB-389
TO BO
OF 3" 939
TOM OF
OUTLET
1. Septic tank to be approved by NCDHHS.
2. Leakage testing of tank is required.
3. Documentation of tank testing shall be provided to certifying Engineer.
4. Tank risers to extend minimum of 6" above finished grade.
5. Final grading shall slope soil away from tank openings.
N.T.S.
Orenco 24" Riser Orenco 24" Riser
Bose ty/ 4d
Inlet
2
I
Bose q/ Ltd
Outlet
2
TOP VIE�y
INLJE
OUTLET
to"AIRSPACEATERLEL
VENT47.9939
TTOMTOBOTTOMOF
INLETFLO�y4"OUTLET
THROUGH48.TOBTOBOTOF4SIDE VIEyy
3"
SEPTIC TANK DETAIL (or equivalen
N.T.S. SOURCE : Shoaf Precast Septic, Inc.
3.5"x6.5' CCA
Treated Post
lop =
16
2�d'
2gr
3rd•
Q0"
AZh:
Ground surface
N.T.S.
20' (max)
��re
dxon
..5 Gouge
uminized Steel
!nce Wire
I I
I I
I I�I I 3.5"x6.5' CCA
Treated Post
� FENCE DETAIL (or equivalent)
-5 N,T,S SOURCE: AWT, Inc.
SHOAF PRECAST SEPTIC INC.
MODEL: TS 1250 STB
NON TRAFFIC
1250 Gallon Septic Tank
4130 WEST US H�IY 64
LEXWGTON, NC 27295
PHONE [phone]
FAX [phone]
�y�y�y. SH OAFPRE CAST. COM
SHOAF-1,250 SEPTIC TANK
STB-389
LIQUID CAPACITY-1,252 GALLONS/10" AIRSPACE
TANK HEIGHT-61 2"
BOTTOM OF TANK TO CENTER OF INLET-52"
BOTTOM OF TANK TO CENTER OF OUTLET-50"
LENGTH TO WIDTH RATIO-2 TO 1
SIZE OF INLET &OUTLET-3" OR 4" PIPE
TYPE OF INLET &OUTLET-POLYLOCK OR EQUAL (MEETS ASTM C-923)
CONCRETE PSI-4000; TANK WEIGHT- 11,000 LBS.
REINFORCEMENT PER STATE CODE
2' VENT
SLOT
END VIE�y c
^NOTE -USE 24'
CAST -IN -PLACE
Cost in Place Orenco Riser Adopters
MODEL: MS NON -TRAFFIC 3000 PT
NON TRAFFIC MID SEAM PUMP TANK
SHOAF PRECAST SEPTIC INC,
4130 WEST US HWY 64
LEXINGTON. NC 27295
PHONE [phone]
FAX [phone]
[e-mail]
WWW.shoofprecost.com
- NC APPROVAL # : PT-2104
- LIQUID CAPACITY- 3,033 GALLONS
- GALLONS PER INCH-43.95
PIPE PENETRATIONS - (MEETS ASTM C-9,
- CONCRETE - 5000 PSI MIN
TANK WEIGHT - 17,320 #
- TOP - 9,320 #
- BOTTOM - 8,000 #
- REINFORCEMENT PER ENGINEER SPECS
1 a" BUYTL SEALANT CONTINUOUS IN JOIN
1. Pump tank to be approved by NCDHHS or Engineer.
2. Leakage testing of tank is required.
3. Documentation of tank testing shall be provided to certifying Engineer,
4. Tank risers to extend minimum of 6" above finished grade.
5. Final grading shall slope soil away from tank openings.
PUMP TANK DETAIL (or equivalent pump tank with 5-day storage
N.T.S. SOURCE : Shoaf Precast Septic, Inc.
3.5"x6.5' CCA
Treated Post
:h
/or
e/toenail
I I I I
I I 24"
I I
I I
J NOTE: Four strands are recommended for the I I
perimeter fence. At a minimum, 2 strands must be I I
installed. Fence wire shall not be stapled to trees � j
N.T.S.
HORIZONTAL LINE/END DETAIL
HORIZONTAL CORNER BRACE DETAIL
Corner angle 90` or less
all
Filter TankDry Weight.- 8601hs
Orenco L'v Unit
Vent
Final Discharge
Splice Box
Recirc Pump
Vault
Splice BOA
102"
AX20 800 gal. Recirc. Tank - Top View
znaJ
lischarge
AX20 800 gal. Recirc. Tank - Side View
VF
L
Recirculation Timer Settings
# of Cycles/day 96 cycles/day
Cycle Volume 13.1 gallons
Cycle Run time 0.78 min
Cycle Off Time 14.22 min
r
f
Discharge
i
LiguidLevellnverr
�3J "1ro n Botto n
ofTank�
7 ericomm,
Control Panel
Control Panel Detail
Not To Scale
Discharge Detail
Nor To Seale
Discharge Chamber - End View
AX20-RT UV AdvanTex Treatment System - FOR ILLUSTRATION ONLY
N.T.S. SOURCE : Orenco Systems, Inc.
AX-RT AdvanTex Anti -Buoyancy Beams
N.T.S. SOURCE : Orenco Systems, Inc.
IL IIIII I,
Discharge
(see detail/
J "Exte/zor 1n vert
"is_lctual-Invert
Jurlet, see detar9
N.T.S.
A%VT
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Rogers
Residence
WWTS
Owner Information:
Karina Rogers
1313 Wynncrest Ct,
Raleigh, NC 27603
925-895-7002
krogers@ucdavis,edu
Property Information:
3093 Baptist Rd.
Durham, NC 27703
Durham County
PIN: 0872-80-79-3534
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
`,`�,��1111111f+1t,,►
1 N C A RO '''�•
.... .
�•`� .�� �q� �.5 SlpA
• ; Q +Fr r?,,� t
SEAL
024582
00" U'",
Zvi3
FINAL DESIGN
NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
REV, ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
Surface Spray
Detail Sheet x1
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
J. Banks 07.14.2023
RELEASED BY: RELEASED ON:
SHEET NAME:
ww-5

Note:
-Sampling spigot to be installed With pump
tank's discharge pump line.
-Install Headworks unit over pump tank.
Safety Net With
Quick Disconnect
6" above ground
surface
Undisturbed
Earth
4" Sch 40
Compacted
Backfill
N.T.S.
SYSTEM PROFILE VIEW
NTS SOURCE: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
Ball Valve (2)
Safety Net With 4
Quick Disconnects
Cast In Place
Riser Adapters-\
T�,:)
ERL STRL�
Clean, Tamped Bockfill
Install Safety Net in Each Access
Riser that does not contain an
Inner Lid
Install Safety Net BeloW 2nd Riser Rib
010 u
Riser
Rubber Washer, Mall
Flat Washer, &
Cap Nut or Lock Safety
Nut Net
®I
Riser Threaded Eye
Wall
Hydraulic Cement
MA320 (or z..�
equivalent)
Cast- in -place
:Q Riser Adapter
Top of Concrete Tank
N.T.S.
Baffle
Holes
RISER INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS:
1. Prep Adopter Channel & Riser
1.1. Roughen the bonding surfaces of
the adapter and riser With
sandpaper.
1.2. Use a clean cloth and acetone or
alcohol to clean the bonding
' surfaces of the adopter and riser,
The bonding surfaces must be
clean and dry for a good fit and
Watertight joint. Let the acetone
or alcohol dry completely.
2. Apply Adhesive
2.1. Apply a bead of methocrylate
adhesive to the outside of the
adapter. One 7-oz packet of
MA320 adhesive is typical for one
24" riser.
3. Install Riser
3.1. If the riser has penetrations, align
the riser correctly,
3.2. Firmly press the riser onto the
k;,s adapter until the bottom of the
t. riser is resting on the concrete
(cast -in -adapters) or the adapter
flange (bolted -down adopters).
Twist the riser back and forth
slightly to fully seat it an to
``-* "'_`ting create a good bond.
3 3 Appl a bead of methacr late
NOTE: Install 4 Ring Clamps if
8" (or larger) Filter is Used
r2 � SAFETY NET
-6 SOURCE: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
Y Y
adhesive to the inside of the
access riser -adapter joint.
3,4, Use a tongue depressor, putty
knife, or clean cloth to make a
continuous fillet on the inside of
the access riser -adapter joint.
3.5. Apply hydraulic cement to bond
outer riser Wall and top of tank.
4. Ensure safety net and inner lid are in
Eye Bolt place and secured,
FOR RISER WALL PENETRATIONS
Grommet Size, Inches
(Nominol IPS Pipe Size)
Hole SoW Size,
Inches
1/2
1
3/4
1 1/4
1
1 9/16
1 1/4
1 3/4
1 1/2
2 1/8
2
2 3/4
3
3 7/8
4
5
One Piece
Riser
Clean, Tamped
Bockfill
4" Sch 40 PVC
AdvonTex RT Unit
(AX20-RT UV)
0Q0`0_o
0000000
0000000
0000000
000000
o00000
10
Q000 0
QOQO0O
ME1 I M I ouou Qa
III -III oQ00000
oQOQaQo
Undisturbed°Q°Q°Q
Earth to 0 QQQQQQ
Support Pipe oQoao,
QQQQQQo
#78 Gravel a a a a
#57 Gravel
Septic Tank
Vent
Splice Box
Conduit
18" burial
Slope soil oWoy
from unit
Return
Line
Union With
Flout Orifice
6" above ground
surface
Splice Box
(or single
Clean, Tamped cord grip)
Backfill
3" Sch 40 PVC Discharge Line
Vol MIN MIN
111� SIMON' 1'!!I� 1'�i I
'lilt=
Drainline Invert EL at house (assumed)
35 .59
ft
Pipe Length to Septic Tank
30.09
ft
Slope of Pipe to Septic Tank
4.44n 0
Ground Surface at Septic Tank
356.00
ft
Cover over Septic Tank
1 .00
in
1 M
ft
Elevation at top of Septic Tank (Exterior)
355M
ft
Distance to I nlet invert from top
0,83
ft
Elevation at Inlet i nvert
354.17
ft
Distance to Outlet Invert from Top
1.89
ft
Elevation at Outlet Invert
354,09
ft
External Height of Septic Tank
5.13
ft
External Bottom of Tank Elevation
349.88
ft
Gravel Bed Thickness
6.89
-1n
Bottom of Excavation Elevation
349,33
ft
Riser Heights (approx)
Septic Tank 1. 5 0 ft
13:100 -in
Pump Tank 3a7 ft
39.21 In
*cut pump tank riser to 40 in (3 ft, & 4 in)
SYSTEM ELEVATIONS
-6 SOURCE: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
AdvanTex RT Pod
(E°
UV
Light
4"x6" Support Post
Bury 36" min in
natural soil.
Safety Net With
Quick Disconnect
Clean, Tamped
Backfill
Cast In Place
Riser Adapter
3,500-gal. Pump Tank
Control Panel
24" above ground
(min.)
Rain Sensor
Splice Box
Or LB
Conduit
18" burial
Cast In Place
Riser Adapter
PE/HWA 68"-----
TE 28"----
LWA/RO 23"-----
*All Float Distances Referenced
from Interior of Tank Floor
Grovel Bed
Undisturbed Earth
Pipe Length from BT outlet
7.00
ft
Pipe Slope from ST to Pod
3,3 %
Ground Surface at Pod
355,75
ft.
Exposed Height of Pod
2.00
in
9.17
ft
Elevation at top of Pod
355.92
ft
Extension Collar Height
6
in
6.906
ft
[distance to Inlet invert from top
2.1,E
ft
Elevation at Inlet Invert
353.77
ft
Distance to Outlet Invert from top
3.7
ft
Elevation at Outlet Iln ert
352,64
ft
Height of Pod72
in
(with Extension)
6.09
ft
Exterior Elevation at Pod Bcttorrn
349.92
ft
Pod Bottom Thickness
021
In
nteri or Elevation of Pod Flo or
349.93
ft
Gravel Bed Thickness
6
in
Bottom of Excavation Elevation
349.42
ft
Adva nTex RT Pod Float Settings
Height from
Elev. (ft) Tank Floor (i n )
Low Water/Redundant Off 352.27 28
Pump Override 353.35 41
High Water Alarm 353.43 42.5
Pump Tank
Safety Net With
Quick Disconnect
Clean, Tamped
Backfill
HeadWorks Unit
(Spin Filter,
FloW Meter,
Return Valve)
18 Min,
6" above ground
surface
Riser or Box
Enclosure
18" Min.
Pipe Slope to Pump Tarry
1.00%
Pipe Length
16.00
ft
Elevation at Inlet Invert
352.48
ft
Distance to Inlet Invert Frorrr Exterior Top
3_00
in
(inlet located in riser)
0_25
ft
Elevation at top of Pump Tank
352.23
ft.
Ground Surface at Frump Tarry
3 5M
ft.
Cover over Pump Tank
33.21
i n
_77
ft.
External Tank Height
6-42
ft
Exterior Bottom of Tank EL
34 5.82
ft
Tank Bottom Thickness
3,5
in
Elevation at Tank Floor
346.11
ft
Elevation at pump (- "' off floor)
346,61
ft
Gravel Bed Thickness
6
in
Bottom of Excavation Elevation
345.32
ft
Pump Tank Float Settings
Height from
Elev. (ft) Tank Floor (in)
Low Water/Fed u nldant Off 348.02 3
Timer Enable 34.44 3
Pear Enable/H igh Water Alarm 350.94 53
A%VT
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Rogers
Residence
WWTS
Owner Information:
Karina Rogers
1313 Wynncrest Ct,
Raleigh, NC 27603
925-895-7002
[e-mail]
Property Information:
3093 Baptist Rd,
Durham, NC 27703
Durham County
PIN: 0872-80-79-3534
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
����111111rJIrJJ/jrI
DE t S 5 O�(1���'J`f d
4 Fi Z-4
SEAL
024582
EE1,
FINAL DESIGN
NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
REV, ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
Surface Spray
Detail Sheet #2
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
J. Banks 07.14.2023
RELEASED BY: RELEASED ON:
SHEET WE
WW-6

Pump Tank I A%VT
Outlet Riser rSafety Net Engineers and Soil Scientists
Pressure —Rated
Flexible Pipe
Comlock Fitting
90• Elbow W/ Coupling
Reducing
Tee
1" Spigot
1.25" Pump
Discharge Line
Ground Surface
90' Elbow
18" (min.)
Ball valve
Grommet
90' Elbow
To
HeadWorks
Unit
Note: All components to be 1.25" SCH40
PVC except where noted.
N.T.S.
PUMP TANK DISCHARGE ASSEMBLY
N.T.S. SOURCE: AWT, Inc.
I
min 3'
Concrete Support I I Support
Pad 18"x18"x4„ Strap
o
oao 0 00a0\ °a
\\\ON,
°
00 >o°o \ aaa°
0aa 0 Doa
l
2/
4
'a0000,
0MIN. /COi
V
�ER
°
°aGeotextile a
�Grave
0aFabric 00a o Drain Hoe
o
aa
0 SupplyLine OO o O op0
I
Galvanized
4"x4" Treated Pos Elbow
48" burial (min)
I I
Install if Spigot is not located on house
N.T.S. within 50' of treatment system
Fron
Disc
To Sproy
TOP L A YER
To Septic Tonk
BOTTOM LAYER
Note: %)upply and Return line penetrations to be at least 18" below top of box
HEADWORKS BOX - TOP VIEW
N.T.S. (or equivalent)
RAIN SENSOR
SINGLE
CONDUIT
(no splices)
CONDUIT
SUPPORT
RISER OR
CORRUGATED
PIPE
4X6 TREATED POST
MOUNT PANEL
CONTROL DIRECTLY TO POSTS
PANEL OR TO ALUMINUM PLATE
0000 (GRIND OFF PROTRUDING
0 SCREWS)
2X4 TREATED - SECURE
WITH 4 - 3" DECK SCREWS
PER POST
• 2 (min.)
/\//\//\/ as ��
000 ao
00 oQ
COVER CONDUIT \�i�i�i0Q
MINIMUM 18" \i'%�� °° °o
I I\
TO PUMP TANK
TO POWER SOURCE
INSTALL
MULTIPLE
CONDUITS AS
NEEDED
N.T.S.
u
Qo Qa
Qo Qo
Qo 00
00 O0
a0 00
00 00
00 00
00C 00
0ac 00
GRAVEL
TO RT UNIT
ALL CONDUIT
TO BE 3/4 " (min)
3' BURIAL DEPTH
MINIMUM
u
�46y4y� 66yy �dYy yy
N.T.S.
Rainbird 1 /2"
Impact Sprinkler
1 "Brass Shut -Off
Valve
1 " Galvanized I
Steel Pipe I
4"x4" Treated Posies I I
36" burial (min) \�
Supports
Concrete
Collar
(Symbol on
Drawing)
O
N.T.S.
I Q 9 9 r_v ,/ e r
achfi
prayfield
Supply Line
Undisturbed
Earth
SUPPLY LINE INSTALLATION DETAIL
N.T.S. SOURCE: AWT, Inc.
Sprinkler Characteristics
- Part #20JH SBN-1
- Sprinkler Size = 7/64"
- Nozzle Size = 1 /2"
- Sprinkler Radius = 38' (approx.)
- Operating Pressure = 35 psi
- Operating FloWrate = 2.05 gpm
Drain Valve (DV) Characteristics
- Part # 16A- FDV- 075
- Connection: 1 /2" male threaded
Check Valve (CV) Characteristics
- Part # CV-S-10
4'-O" - Spring style check valve
Connection. 1 " slip
- Minimum opening pressure 5 psi.
aa.
e
18„
CV MIN. COVER
O
DV
2 MIN. 6"length,
I -- 1 "SCH40 PVC
Supply
Line
1 cu.ft. gravel
-/
With filter fabric
Galvanized
Elbow, fipt
N.T.S.
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Rogers
Residence
WWTS
Owner Information:
Karina Rogers
1313 Wynncrest Ct,
Raleigh, NC 27603
925-895-7002
[e-mail]
Property Information:
3093 Baptist Rd.
Durham, NC 27703
Durham County
PIN: 0872-80-79-3534
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
H C A RQ
�.
4aitSslo�'
�• I✓1111A
SEAL = r_VS19
024582 =
40
Zvi3
FINAL DESIGN
NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
REV, ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
Surface Spray
Detail Sheet #3
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
J. Banks 07.14.2023
RELEASED BY: RELEASED ON:
SHEET NAME:
� FRESHWATER SPIGOT DETAIL
-7 N.T.S. SOURCE: AWT, Inc.
CONTROL PANEL DETAIL
N.T.S. SOURCE: AWT, Inc.
SPRAY HEAD INSTALLATION DETAIL
N.T.S. SOURCE: AWT, Inc.

NOTES
1. Boundary information taken from base survey
GIS Mapping.
2. All tanks to have cast in place riser adapters.
Effluent Filter model FTP-0854-36 NC.
Topographical information taken from
Septic Tank to have approved Orenco
3. Spray Field to be 400' from any off -site residence (sans facilities with applicable
setback waivers), 100' from any well, 100' from on -site residence or building foundation
(with setback waiver reducing separation requirement from 200'), 100' from any surface
Water, 150' from any Property Line, 15' from any cut bank 2' or more in vertical height,
and 25' from any drainage feature/ditch. Verification of these setbacks to be performed
by contractor
4.
Contractor
shall
backfill around all access areas such that storm water is shed away
from
potential
entry
points.
5. Invert elevations of all components to be verified in field by contractor to insure
proper operation.
5. All system piping to be SCH40 PVC.
6. All gravity elbows to be long radius or long sweeping type elbows.
7. Actual installation and placement of treatment system to be overseen by Contractor.
8. Contractor to document system installation with photographs.
9. Engineer inspection(s), installer certification and engineer certification of installed
system is required.
10. Contractor to seed and/or mulch disturbed areas to coincide with existing landscape.
Area shall not be left with uncovered soil.
11. Upon system completion, Contractor to supply Engineer with documentation of
installation and a signed letter indicating system was installed per approved design or
noting any deviation from approved design.
12.
Contractor
to
install
phone line
to VCOV control
panel.
13.
AdvanTex
Pod
to be
placed on
gravel bed. Use
Orenco anti -buoyancy devices.
14, Leak test required on all tanks.
15. Pressure test required on all pressurized lines in excess of 500' in length.
16. Yount Control Panel 24" (min) above grade.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE:
1. A contractor or other qualified professional should be contacted if you are uncomfortable or unfamiliar with operating
this system or if system troubleshooting is necessary.
2. The Septic Tank Effluent Filter shall be cleaned at least every 6 months or per manufacturer's recommendations.
Check Septic Tank solids level annually. In general, it is recommended that solids be pumped from the Septic Tank every
3-5 years.
3. A clean -out is located on the system just before the Septic Tank. If liquid backs up into the house or the Septic
Tank, the drainline may be clogged or the Septic Tank may have too many solids in it to allow adequate flow through. A
qualified contractor should be contacted to unclog any blockages via these clean -outs. A pumping contractor should be
used to empty solids from the Septic Tank.
4. Effluent from the AdvanTex treatment system shall be sampled per the requirements of the system permit. If no
parameters are listed, AWT recommends sampling for the following parameters; Total Suspended Solids (TSS), Biologica
Oxygen Demand (BOD5), Total Nitrogen (TN), Ammonia -Nitrogen (NH3-N), and Fecal Coliform,
5. Maintenance of the AdvanTex treatment system should be conducted by a certified operator under contract with the
homeowner.
6. The UV component shall be checked weekly to ensure the alarm bulb (on control panel) is not illuminated. The UV
bulb should be cleaned on a 6 month interval. It is recommended that the homeowner (or contracted operator) maintain
a back-up UV bulb and quartz sleeve when it is time to replace the bulb. This service should be completed by the
engaged certified operator.
7. The storage
and pumping
component
shall be checked weekly to ensure
the alarm bulb (on
control panel) is not
illuminated. If the
control panel
indicates
the system is in alarm mode, the
following steps should
be taken:
• Stop use of all water in the residence (to stop flow into the pump tank),
• Verify that the system has electrical power.
• Contact a qualified contractor to inspect the system (if needed).
If it has rained recently the pump may
not be operating
because the rain sensor is temporarily blocking the system from
operating. If this is the case then the
pump will resume
operation once
it is dry enough. If the pump tank is in danger
of overflowing and continued rainfall is
expected, contact
a septic tank
pump contractor to remove a portion of the liquid
in the pump tank. The pump tank has
been designed to
accommodate
approximately 5 days of effluent storage under
normal usage. As a result, prolonged periods
of rain may
cause a back-up
of effluent in the system since the rain
sensor prevents application of effluent
onto the drip field.
8. It is important to
inspect
the pump
tank
and its components on an annual basis to ensure no solids are building up
on the tank bottom, to
ensure
that the
pump
control switches are placed properly, and to verify proper pumping of the
effluent. These activities
will be
handled
by the
engaged service provider.
9. The location of the supply line should be walked weekly to ensure that a line breakage has not occurred. The area in
which the line is buried should be monitored for any wet spots or locations of excessive vegetation growth as these
occurrences may be an indication of a line breakage. No permanent structure shall be erected over the locations of the
Supply line. No heavy vehicles or equipment should be driven over the Supply line.
17. All system wiring to be installed in electrical conduit buried to a minimum depth 10. The sproyfield should be inspected
weekly to verify
proper
operation and to ensure spray heads have not become
of 18". All wire to be OF or THWN rated. damaged. Clogged or worn nozzles or
piping should be
replaced
or, in the event of minimal obstruction, cleaned. No
heavy vehicles or equipment should be
driven over the
irrigation
area.
18. Electrical service from residence to be installed by licensed electrician under the
residence building permit.
19. Separate
circuits for
each pump
and alarm/control panel are required.
(2-120V,
20 amp; 1
-120V, 15
amp)
20. Risers to have safety nets or inner lids.
21. Sampling spigot to be installed on Pump Tank discharge line.
22. Recirculation Timer Settings:
TIME ON/OFF: 0.78 / 14.22 minutes
12 gpm to Pod / 4.75 gpm to Septic Tank
11. The application area should be allowed to remain in a natural state; The turf should be cut occasionally to keep the
turf at a manageable height. Wheeled or tracked equipment should not be used. A soil sample should be collected from
the spray field area to determine appropriate rates of lime and fertilizer application.
12. System fencing shall be maintained to prevent human contact with the treated effluent and to ensure the vegetation
remains healthy.
A%VT
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Rogers
Residence
WWTS
Owner Information:
Karina Rogers
1313 Wynncrest Ct,
Raleigh, NC 27603
925-895-7002
[e-mail]
Property Information:
3093 Baptist Rd.
Durham, NC 27703
Durham County
PIN: 0872-80-79-3534
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
•�'`'" l �'' I A +1,' � //,/,
,•�'� t 0
.� ODE E S 5 10,E !''w
F1
SEAL
024582
FINAL DESIGN
NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
REV, ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
Surface
Notes
Spray
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
J. Banks 07.14,2023
RELEASED BY: RELEASED ON:
SHEET NAME:
WW�8

Z'
/
xAgri-Waste
ComBoundary,
WsB � 5 ' � j/�/ ', - u r Review Boundary -�j �%i; �
j � ..Waste Boundaryi � ��� � � ' �
�,Durham,
�
J � �'''
'Usable Soils Area
/ ' /� v' � )� ��
q --
......................
S\�SEAL
I. ..........
Q):::z07-0'
1I 1
10
Q -�/ v/15
Won
15
T/223
'.
It� �
Soils Boudary �'_ � �_1 � \\ �� \ _ E
����'��// �, -_
\\ /�...�____, __ = 0 160 3{0
Feet
Avvr
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 9 sle com501
Rogers
Residence
G T
Karina Rogers
1313 Ct,
WN 63
925-895-7002
Property
3093 Baptist Rd.
NC 27703
FH 0872803-.5.,
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
�
NOT RELEASFINAL ED FO\V/
RiGN:iRI1ClI0N
Fe' ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
CITE VAP
DRAWN B.
J. anks
CREATED N
.2023
RELEASES Pr -.
RELEASED ON.
SHEET NAME.
SITE MAP

Appendix H
System Specifications

AVVT
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N Salem Street, Suite 203, Apex, NC 27502
agriwaste.com 1 919.859.0669
Karina Rogers Residence WWTS
SFR Wastewater Irrigation System
Durham County
Project Specifications
FINAL DESIGN
NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
`1`l11l111111Hrlr��I
SEAL = C-CS19
SEAL: = 024582
rr R r rr
-f II1Iw1 zeJ r
Client: Karina Rogers
1313 Wynncrest Court
Raleigh, NC 27603
Property Location: 3093 Baptist Road
Durham, NC 27703
Durham County
PIN: 0872-80-79-3 534
Project Engineer: Kevin D. Davidson, P.E.
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street
Suite 203
Apex, NC 27502
Date: November 16, 2023

Table of Contents
1.0 General Project Specifications
1.1
Project Description
1.2
Site Description
1.3
Adjacent Property
1.4
Soils and Water Table
2.0
Material Management Practices
2.1
Housekeeping
2.2
Hazardous Products
2.3
Product Safety Practices
2.3.1 Petroleum Products
2.3.2 Fertilizers
2.4
Spill Control Practices
3.0
Site Work
3.1
Construction Roads and Parking
3.2
Tree Preservation and Protection
3.3
Removal of Topsoil
3.4
Addition of Fill Material
3.5
Permanent Seeding
3.5.1 Seedbed Requirements
3.5.2 Soil Conditioner
3.5.3 Seedbed Preparation
3.5.4 Seeding
3.5.5 Irrigation
3.5.6 Mulch all plantings immediately after seeding
3.5.7 Application of Organic Mulch
3.5.8 Anchoring Organic Mulch
3.5.9 Permanent Stabilization
4.0
Installer Specification
5.0
Material Specifications
5.1
Concrete Tanks
5.2
Piping
5.3
Electrical Requirements
6.0
Component Specifications
6.1
Concrete Tanks (Septic Tank, Pump Tank)
6.2
Access Risers
6.3
Drain Line
6.4
Pumps
6.5
AdvanTex Treatment Unit
6.6
UV Disinfection
6.7
Control Panel
6.8
Spray Components and Fence
6.9
Irrigation Headworks

1.0. General Project Specifications
1.1 Project Description
The purpose of the project is to install a wastewater treatment system and surface sprayfield to
accommodate wastewater from a three -bedroom single-family residence. The treatment system will
consist of a septic tank, an AdvanTex Treatment unit with integral recirculation tank, UV
disinfection, pump tank, irrigation headworks, and a control panel. The surface spray irrigation
system covers approximately 0.40 acres.
1.2 Site Description
The project site consists of property located at 3093 Baptist Road in Durham County (PIN: 0872-
80-79-3534). The residence will be located to the southwest of Riley Drive in the southeast
region of the property. The spray field will be located to the south of the proposed residence.
The spray field is located in a wooded area of the property.
There are several setbacks that have been considered for the location of the treatment unit and the
spray field. The setbacks and location of the treatment unit and spray field are shown on the system
drawings. The applicable setback waivers have been included in this application.
1.3 Adjacent Property
The surrounding area at the residence site is rural and occupied by primarily undeveloped land,
agricultural land and single-family residences. The spray field is to be located a minimum of 200'
from any off -site residence (with waiver), 100' from an on -site residence (with waiver), and 150'
from any property line or public right-of-way.
1.4 Soils and Water Table
The soil in the project area is predominately White Store series and is above the groundwater table.

2.0. Material Management Practices
The following are the material management practices that will be used to reduce the risk of spills and
other accidental exposure of materials and substances to storm water runoff.
2.1 Housekeeping
The following good housekeeping practices will be followed on site during the construction project.
• An effort will be made to store only enough product required to do the job.
• All materials stored on site will be stored in a neat orderly manner in their appropriate containers
and, if possible, under a roof or other enclosure.
• Products will be kept in their original containers with the original manufacturer's label.
• Substances will not be mixed with one another unless recommended by the manufacturer.
• Whenever possible, all of a product will be used before disposing of the container.
• Manufacturer's recommendations for proper use and disposal will be followed.
• The site superintendent will inspect daily to ensure proper use and disposal of materials on site.
2.2 Hazardous Products
These practices are used to reduce the risks associated with hazardous materials:
Products will be kept in original containers unless they are not re -sealable.
Original labels and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) will be retained as they provide
important product information.
If surplus product must be disposed of, the manufacturer's or local and state recommended
methods for proper disposal will be followed.
2.3 Product Safety Practices
The following product safety practices will be followed on site:
2.3.1 Petroleum Products
All on site vehicles will be monitored for leaks and receive regular preventive maintenance to reduce
the chance of leakage. Petroleum products will be stored in tightly sealed containers which are
clearly labeled.
2.3.2 Fertilizers
Fertilizers used will be applied at recommended agronomic rates. Once applied, fertilizer will be
worked into the soil to limit exposure to storm water. The contents of any partially used bags of
fertilizer will be transferred to a sealable plastic bin to avoid spills.

2.4 Spill Control Practices
The following practices will be followed for spill prevention and cleanup:
• Manufacturer's recommended methods for spill cleanup will be clearly understood and site
personnel will be made aware of the procedures and the location of the information and cleanup
supplies.
• Materials and equipment necessary for spill cleanup will be kept in the material storage area on
site. Equipment and materials will include but not be limited to brooms, dust pans, mops, rags,
gloves, goggles, kitty litter, sand, sawdust, and plastic and metal trash containers specifically for
this purpose.
• All spills will be cleaned up immediately after discovery.
• The spill area will be kept well ventilated and personnel will wear appropriate protective
clothing to prevent injury from contact with a hazardous substance.
• Spills of toxic or hazardous material will be reported to the appropriate state or local government
agency, regardless of size.
• The spill prevention plan will be adjusted to include measures to prevent this type of spill from
reoccurring and how to clean up the spill if there is another one. A description of the spill, what
caused it, and the cleanup measures will also be included.
• , the site superintendent responsible for the day-to-day site operations, will
be the spill prevention and cleanup coordinator. He will designate at least other site
personnel who will receive spill prevention and cleanup training. These individuals will each
become responsible for a particular phase of prevention and cleanup.

3.0. Site Work
The site shall be maintained in an orderly and clean fashion. Debris should be confined to a
common area and removed weekly. The minimum area needed shall be disturbed. Due to the small
footprint of the project, a formal erosion and control plan has not been developed. However,
contractor shall follow standard practices to minimize any adverse effects from the installation of the
system.
3.1 Construction Roads and Parking
Construction roads and parking areas are to be inspected periodically for condition of surface. Top -
dress with new gravel as needed. Check areas for erosion and sedimentation after runoff -producing
rains. Maintain all vegetation in a healthy, vigorous condition. Sediment -producing areas should be
treated immediately.
3.2 Tree Preservation and Protection
Some clearing of trees will be required for the installation of the drain line connecting the facility to
the treatment unit. Care shall be taken to minimize the disturbed area during installation. In spite of
precautions, some damage to protected trees may occur. In such cases, repair any damage to the
crown, trunk, or root system immediately.
- Repair roots by cutting off the damaged areas and painting them with tree paint. Spread peat
moss or moist topsoil over exposed roots.
- Repair damage to bark by trimming around the damaged area as shown in Figure 1 below,
taper the cut to provide drainage, and paint with tree paint.
- Cut off all damaged tree limbs above the tree collar at the trunk or main branch. Use three
separate cuts as shown in Figure 2 to avoid peeling bark from healthy areas of the tree.

TREE WOUND
TRIM AND TAPER
Figure 1. Trim bark wounds with a tapered cut, then apply tree paint.
COLLA
R
INCORRECT CORRECT
Figure 2. Prune damaged branches with three cuts to avoid peeling bark from the tree when tree trunk falls
from tree.
To the degree possible, the vegetation that is removed during the drain line installation shall be
shredded on site and used to cover the drain line installation. Larger material shall be removed from
the site and disposed of properly.

3.3 Removal of Topsoil
MATERIALS
Determine whether the quality and quantity of available topsoil justifies selective handling. Quality
topsoil has the following characteristics:
- Texture- loam, sandy loam, and silt loam are best; sandy clay loam, silty clay loam, clay
loam, and loamy sand are fair. Do not use heavy clay and organic soils such as peat or muck
as topsoil.
- Organic matter content- (sometimes referred to as "humic matter") should be greater than
1.5% by weight.
- Acidity- pH should be greater than 3.6 before liming, and liming is required if it is less than
6.0.
- Soluble salts- should be less than 500 ppm.
- Sodium- sodium adsorption ratio should be less than 12. The depth of material meeting the
above qualifications should be at least 2 inches. Soil factors such as rock fragments, slope,
depth to water table, and layer thickness affect the ease of excavation and spreading of
topsoil. Generally, the upper part of the soil, which is richest in organic matter, is most
desirable; however, material excavated from deeper layers may be worth storing if it meets
the other criteria listed above. Organic soils such as mucks and peats do not make good
topsoil. They can be identified by their extremely light weight when dry.
STRIPPING
Strip topsoil only from those areas that will be disturbed by excavation, filling, road building, or
compaction by equipment. A 4-6 inch stripping depth is common, but depth varies depending on the
site. Determine depth of stripping by taking soil cores at several locations within each area to be
stripped. Topsoil depth generally varies along a gradient from hilltop to toe of the slope. Put
sediment basins, diversions, and other controls into place before stripping.
STOCKPILING
Select stockpile location to avoid slopes, natural drainage ways, and traffic routes (also applies to fill
soil stockpiles). Re -spreading is easier and more economical when topsoil is stockpiled in small
piles located near areas where they will be used.
Sediment barriers- Use sediment fences or other barriers where necessary to retain
sediment.
Slope stabilization- Protect topsoil stockpiles by temporarily seeding as soon as possible.
Topsoil stockpiles with slopes steeper than 2:1 must be stabilized within 7 days, otherwise
within 14 calendar days from the last land -disturbing activity.
Permanent vegetation- If stockpiles will not be used within 90 days they must be stabilized
with permanent vegetation to control erosion and weed growth.

SITE PREPARATION
Before spreading topsoil, establish erosion and sedimentation control practices such as diversions,
and berms as needed.
Grading- Maintain grades on the areas to be topsoiled according to the approved plan and
do not alter them by adding topsoil.
Limit of subsoil- Where the pH of the existing subsoil is 6.0 or less, or the soil is composed
of heavy clays, incorporate agricultural limestone in amounts recommended by soil tests or
specified for the seeding mixture to be used. Incorporate lime to a depth of at least 2 inches
by disking or raking.
Roughening- Immediately prior to spreading the topsoil, loosen the subgrade by disking or
scarifying to a depth of at least 4 inches, to ensure bonding of the topsoil and subsoil. If no
amendments have been incorporated, loosen the soil to a depth of at least 6 inches before
spreading topsoil.
SPREADING TOPSOIL
Uniformly distribute topsoil to a minimum compacted depth of 2 inches. Do not spread topsoil
while it is frozen or muddy or when the subgrade is wet or frozen. Correct any irregularities in the
surface that result from topsoiling or other operations to prevent the formation of depressions or
water pockets. Compact the topsoil enough to ensure good contact with the underlying soil, but
avoid excessive compaction, as it increases runoff and inhibits seed germination. Light packing with
a roller is recommended where high -maintenance turf is to be established.
On slopes and areas that will not be mowed, the surface may be left rough after spreading topsoil. A
disk may be used to promote bonding at the interface between the topsoil and subsoil. After topsoil
application, follow procedures for seedbed preparation, taking care to avoid excessive mixing of
topsoil into the subsoil.
3.4 Addition of Fill Material
MATERIALS
The final fill material will accept wastewater application not to exceed 0.20 inches per hour. Fill
material will be placed and graded to provide a slope that matches the natural grade. Fill material
shall meet the following guidelines:
1) Coarse fragments as defined by USDA (2 mm to 3.0 inches) shall not exceed 10% by
volume of the volume of the fill material.
2) Fill material shall not contain more than 5% organic matter (including leaf debris, twigs,
sticks, etc.)
3) Fill material shall not include any construction debris such as bricks, concrete,
construction wood materials, or any components or fragments of such.
4) Fill material shall classify under one of the following USDA soil texture classes: loamy
sand, sandy loam, sandy clay loam, loam, clay loam, or silt loam. Particle size analysis
may be confirmed by a third party testing laboratory if necessary.

APPLICATION
Specific fill application details may vary from site to site, for this site:
1) Vegetation 8" or less in diameter shall be removed by hand or with small tracked
equipment to prevent native soil loss and compaction.
2) Provide sufficient fill to achieve 12" separation to the SHWT.
3) Light tillage of the fill with the topsoil should occur, however, this tillage should not
exceed 8 inches below the natural soil surface.
4) Extend fill material 5 feet beyond the wetted area and blend into the natural contours.
5) Compact the fill material to 1.1-1.3 g/cm3.
6) Surface shall be graded to a final grade that matches the natural grade with 24% slopes
to provide uniform drainage.
7) No site work shall be done when the conditions are wet, to avoid excess compaction.
8) Avoid placing fill material around large trees to prevent tree death (an arborist can
provide more guidance on tree protection).
9) Field shall be seeded with temporary vegetation suitable for the specific time of year. If
construction is complete in the following windows, permanent seeding can take place
immediately: February 15 through April 15, or September 15 through November 15.
Once final fill has been placed, a soil fertility sample shall be taken. Seeding can occur
immediately with the following amendments:
Ag-Lime: 240 pounds
10-10-10 Fertilizer: 84 pounds
The soil test recommendations will be used to supply additional amendments as needed.
Temporary seeding shall include the following species and rates: Annual ryegrass or
ryegrass blend with other small grains, at 10 pounds per 1000 square feet, lightly tilled or
raked into the top 0.5-1.0 inch of topsoil, cultipack or roll lightly, and cover with straw or
other shade cover. Follow with permanent fescue seeding in the appropriate dates, with
the September 15- October 15 window preferred.
FERTILITY ANALYSIS
Upon addition of the fill, a soil sample will be taken for fertility analyses. Soil test recommendations
will be followed for pH adjustment and nutrient amendments for N, P, and K to help with grass
establishment. Soil amendments may be applied pre or post construction.

3.5 Permanent Seeding
3.5.1 SEEDBED REQUIREMENTS
Establishment of vegetation should not be attempted on sites that are unsuitable due to inappropriate
soil texture, poor drainage, concentrated overland flow, or steepness of slope until measures have
been taken to correct these problems.
To maintain a good stand of vegetation, the soil must meet certain minimum requirements as a
growth medium. The existing soil should have these criteria:
- Enough fine-grained (silt and clay) material to maintain adequate moisture and nutrient
supply (available water capacity of at least .05 inches of water to 1 inch of soil).
- Sufficient pore space to permit root penetration.
- Sufficient depth of soil to provide an adequate root zone. The depth to rock or impermeable
layers such as hardpans should be 12 inches or more, except on slopes steeperthan 2:1 where
the addition of soil is not feasible.
- A favorable pH range for plant growth, usually 6.0-6.5.
- Freedom from large roots, branches, stones, large clods of earth, or trash of any kind. Clods
and stones may be left on slopes steeper than 3:1 if they are to be hydroseeded.
If any of the above criteria are not met (i.e., if the existing soil is too coarse, dense, shallow, or acidic
to foster vegetation) special amendments are required. The soil conditioners described below may be
beneficial.
3.5.2 SOIL CONDITIONERS
In order to improve the structure or drainage characteristics of a soil, the following materials may be
added. These amendments should only be necessary where soils have limitations that make them
poor for plant growth or for fine turf establishment.
- Peat Appropriate types are sphagnum moss peat, hypnum moss peat, reed -
sedge peat, or peat humus, all from fresh -water sources. Peat should
be shredded and conditioned in storage piles for at least 6 months
after excavation.
- Sand clean and free of toxic materials.
- Vermiculite horticultural grade and free of toxic substances.
- Rotted manure stable or cattle manure not containing undue amounts of straw or
other bedding materials.

3.5.3 SEEDBED PREPARATION
Complete grading according to the approved plan before seeding. Below are steps to take in order to
prepare the seedbed for planting.
• Chisel compacted areas and spread topsoil 3 inched deep over adverse soil conditions, if
available.
• Rip the entire area to 6 inches deep (if recommended by soil scientist).
• Remove all loose rock, roots, and other obstructions leaving surface reasonably smooth and
uniform.
• Apply agricultural lime, fertilizer, and superphosphate uniformly and mix with soil (section 4.6).
• Continue tillage until a well pulverized, firm reasonably uniform seedbed is prepared 4 to 6
inches deep.
• Seed on a freshly prepared seedbed.
• Mulch immediately after seeding and anchor mulch (section 8.3).
Apply lime and fertilizer evenly and incorporate into the top 4-6 inches of soil by disking or other
suitable means. Operate machinery on the contour. When using a hydroseeder, apply lime and
fertilizer to a rough, loose surface.
Roughen surfaces. Complete seedbed preparation by breaking up large clods and raking into a
smooth, uniform surface. Fill in or level depressions that can collect water. Broadcast seed into a
freshly loosened seedbed that has not been sealed by rainfall.
3.5.4 SEEDING
Seeding dates given in the manufacturer's seeding mixture specifications are designated as "best" or
"possible". Seedings properly carried out within the "best" dates have a high probability of success.
It is also possible to have satisfactory establishment when seeding outside these dates. However, as
you deviate from them, the probability of failure increases rapidly. Seeding on the last date shown
under "possible" may reduce chances of success by 30-50%. Always take this into account in
scheduling land -disturbing activities.
Use certified seed for permanent seeding whenever possible. Certified seed is inspected by the
North Carolina Crop Improvement Association. It meets published North Carolina Standards and
should bear an official "Certified Seed" label.
Labeling of non -certified seed is also required by law. Labels contain important information on seed
purity, germination, and presence of weed seeds. Seed must meet State standards for content of
noxious weeds. Do not accept seed containing "prohibited" noxious weed seed.
Apply seed uniformly with a cyclone seeder, drop -type spreader drill, cultipacker seeder, or
hydroseeder on a firm, friable seedbed.
When using a drill or cultipacker seeder, plant small grains no more than 1 inch deep, grasses and
legumes no more than 2 inch. Equipment should be calibrated in the field for the desired seeding
rate.

When using broadcast -seeding methods, subdivide the area into workable sections and determine the
amount of seed needed for each section. Apply one-half the seed while moving back and forth across
the area, making a uniform pattern; then apply the second half in the same way, but moving at right
angles to the first pass (Figure 13).
Cover broadcast seed by raking or chain dragging; then firm the surface with a roller or cultipacker
to provide good seed contact.
3.5.5 IRRIGATION
Moisture is essential for seed germination and seedling establishment. Supplemental irrigation can
be very helpful in assuring adequate stands in dry seasons or to speed development of full cover.
Assess the need for irrigation when the seeding is conducted.
Water application rates must be carefully controlled to prevent runoff. Inadequate or excessive
amounts of water can be more harmful than no supplemental water.
3.5.6 MULCHING
Mulch all plantings immediately after seeding. Select a material based on site and practice
requirements, availability of material, labor, and equipment. Table 6.14a lists commonly used
mulches and some alternatives.
Before mulching, complete the required grading, install sediment control practices, and prepare the
seedbed. Apply seed before mulching except in the following cases:
- Seed is applied as part of a hydroseeder slurry containing wood fiber mulch.
- A hydroseeder slurry is applied over straw.
3.5.7 APPLICATION OF ORGANIC MULCH
Organic mulches are effective where they can be tacked securely to the surface.
Spread mulch uniformly by hand, or with a mulch blower. When spreading straw mulch by hand,
divide the area to be mulched into sections of approximately 1,000 ft', and place 70-90 lb of straw (1
to 2 bales) in each section to facilitate uniform distribution. After spreading mulch, no more than
25% of the ground surface should be visible. In hydroseeding operations, a green dye, added to the
slurry, assures a uniform application.
3.5.8 ANCHORING ORGANIC MULCH
Straw mulch must be anchored immediately after spreading using vegetation. Rye (grain) may be
used to anchor mulch in fall plantings, and German millet in spring. Broadcast at 15 lb/acre before
applying mulch.

3.5.9 PERMANENT STABILIZATION
Permanent stabilization is needed in graded or cleared areas subject to erosion and where a
permanent, long-lived vegetative cover is needed. Typically, disturbed portions of a site where
construction activities have permanently ceased will be stabilized with permanent seeding no later
than 14 days after the last construction activity. This method will not provide erosion control cover
or prevent soil slippage on soils that are not stable due to soil texture or structure, water movement
or excessively steep slopes. In some areas, it may be necessary to install erosion or sediment control
practices such as dikes, contour ripping, erosion stops, channel liners, sediment basins, diversions,
subsurface drainage, or other practices.
Prior to seeding, 1,000 lbs/ac of a 12-12-12 or equivalent fertilizer and lime according to soil test or
in lieu of soil test, 4,000 lbs/ac of ground agricultural limestone shall be worked into the soil to a
depth of 3 inches.
Seed should be applied uniformly at a depth of 1/4 to 2 inch with appropriate equipment. Except on
very flat slopes and ideal seeding conditions, small grain straw should be applied at a rate of 3,000 to
4,000 lbs/ac using appropriate mulch anchoring techniques. Other mulch materials can be used
except under adverse conditions or steep slopes; grain straw should be adequate.

4.0 Installer Specification
- Installer to maintain Class IV installer License per NCOWCICB.
- Installer to document installation history of advanced pretreatment systems and surface
application systems.

5.0 Material Specifications
5.1 Concrete Tanks
All concrete tanks are to be State approved tanks.
5.2 Piping
All drainlines and piping to be SCH 40 PVC. Non -pressure drain lines can be DWV.
Sweeping style elbows to be used on gravity lines. All pressure lines to be pressure rated
SCH 40 PVC. All pressure lines to be cut with a hand ratcheting style cutter or wheel style
cutter. PVC saws shall not be used to cut pressure pipe.
5.3 Electrical Requirements
Installer shall install all electrical fittings from the control panel to the individual treatment
components and pumps. Installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer's
specifications. Qualified electrician or local power utility shall bring power to panel and
energize panel.

6.0 Component Specifications (information following)
6.1 Concrete Tanks (Septic Tank, Pump Tank)
- All concrete tanks to be State Approved Tank.
- All tank seams to be sealed with butyl rubber sealant.
- Backfill and compact soil around tank with a "jumping jack" style compactor.
- Following installation, tanks to be vacuum and water tested. Passing criteria as follows:
- Vacuum Test 5 in Hg for 2 min with <0.5 in Hg
- Water Test 10 gallons/1000 gallons/24 hr period
- Tanks to be installed level on 6" gravel base (#57 stone)
- All penetrations to be cast in place rubber boots for inflow and outflow penetrations.
- All tanks to have cast in place riser adapters for Orenco Risers.
6.2 Access Risers
- Install risers per manufacturer's specifications.
- All Orenco risers to extend minimum 6" above grade.
- All electrical conduits to be sealed with duct seal.
- Penetrations thru risers to use grommets or bulk head fitting.
- All tank risers that do not contain an inner lid shall be equipped with a safety net.
6.3 Drain Line
- All gravity drain line to be 4" SCH 40 PVC, DWV (min).
- Elbows to be sweeping style fitting.
6.4 Pumps
- Install pumps per system drawing and manufacturers specifications (included).
- Piping to be SCH 40 Pressure Pipe.
6.5 AdvanTex Treatment Unit
- Install unit per manufacturers specifications (included).
- Install with 12" lid extension if needed.
- Install unit on 6" gravel base.
6.6 UV Disinfection
- Install UV disinfection per system drawing and manufacturers specifications (included).

6.7 Control Panel
- Install per system drawing and manufacturers specifications (included).
- Panel to be minimum 24" above grade.
- Seal all pipes with duct seal
- Panel to be mounted on 4" x 6" (minimum) pressure treated post.
- Install Rain Sensor on control panel enclosure.
6.8 Spray Field
- Install spray field per system drawings.
- Spray field shall be hand cleared of small brush, debris and vegetation.
- Install perimeter fence per system drawings.
6.9 Irrigation Headworks
- Install headworks per system drawing.
- Install headworks on 6" gravel base.

Tanks and Risers

wwN❑TE-SQUARE
ACCESS FOR
CONCRETE RISER OR
OPTIONAL PLASTIC
20' ROUND RISER
CAST -IN
59 1/2'
65 1/2'
NO BOOTS ON
SIDES INLETS,
USE CONCRETE
KNOCKOUTS
125 1/2'
119 1/2'
3' 6'
r 7' 7
L15-J
TOP VIEW
)-TOP VIEW MEASUREMENTS
ARE TO WIDEST DIMENSI❑NS
3'
r-17' 7
0
L15'-1 3' OR 4'
INLET &
OUTLET
BOOTS ON
ENDS ONLY
3' � 4'
1251'
2
INLET 1192384
' OUTLET
784' � F-
502'
TO BOTTOM
OF 3' INLET
50'
TO BOTTOM
OF 4' INLET
O 10' AIRSPACE 2® WATER LEVEL
VENT
SH❑AF PRECAST SEPTIC INC.
1250
MODEL: TS 1250 STB
NON TRAFFIC
Gallon Septic Tank
A130 WEST US HWY 64
LEXINGT❑N, NC 27295
PHONE [phone]
FAX [phone]
WWW.SH❑AFPRECAST.C❑M
SH❑AF-1,250 SEPTIC TANK
STB-389
LIQUID CAPACITY-1,252 GALL❑NS/10' AIRSPACE
TANK HEIGHT-61 2-
BOTTOM OF TANK TO CENTER OF
INLET-52'
B❑TT❑M OF TANK TO CENTER OF
❑UTLET-50'
LENGTH TO WIDTH RATI❑-2 TO I
SIZE OF INLET & OUTLET-3' OR
4' PIPE
TYPE OF INLET & OUTLET-P❑LYL❑CK OR EQUAL (MEETS ASTM C-923)
CONCRETE PSI-4000; TANK WEIGHT- 11,000 LBS.
REINFORCEMENT PER STATE CODE
SCALE - N.T.S.
xxNOTE-TEE NOT
SUPPLIED
4 8'
TO BOTTOM OF
FLOW 441' 4' OUTLET
2 481.
THROUGH TO BOTTOM OF
4' 3' ❑,UTLET
SIDE VIEW 6•
•i
75' 35'
116'
122'
xxNOTE-1' BUTYL
RUBBER MASTIC
INAJOINT CONTINUOUS 65 1/2'
\ [1 59 1/2'
2' VENT
SLOT
612' S42 3'
04'
4'
END VIEW56
c
'
62'
STATE
APPROVAL #
SH❑AF-1250
STB-389

DOTE -USE 24"
SST -IN -PLACE
ORENC'
A
Cast in Place Orenco Riser Adapters
MODEL: MS NON -TRAFFIC 3000 PT
NON TRAFFIC MID SEAM PUMP TANK
SHOAF PRECAST SEPTIC INC.
4130 WEST US HWY 64
LEXINGTON, NC 27295
PHONE [phone]
FAX [phone]
[e-mail]
WWW.shoofprecost.com
- NC APPROVAL # : PT-2104
- LIQUID CAPACITY- 3,033 GALLONS
- GALLONS PER INCH-43.95
PIPE PENETRATIONS - (MEETS ASTM C-9:
- CONCRETE - 5000 PSI MIN
TANK WEIGHT - 17,320 #
- TOP - 9,320 #
- BOTTOM - 8,000 #
- REINFORCEMENT PER ENGINEER SPECS
1 4" BUYTL SEALANT CONTINUOUS IN JOIN
1. Pump tank to be approved by NCDHHS or Engineer.
2. Leakage testing of tank is required.
3. Documentation of tank testing shall be provided to certifying Engineer.
4. Tank risers to extend minimum of 6" above finished grade.
5. Final grading shall slope soil away from tank openings.
nl T C

PRTA ABS Tank Adapters
Applications
PRTA tank adapters are used to provide a structural, watertight method
of installing a 24-or 30-inch (600- or 750-mm) access riser over a tank
opening.
General
Orenco's PRTA tank adapters are molded plastic products and there-
fore have excellent part -quality and consistency. PRTA tank adapters
can be cast into a tank or fastened to the top of the tank with a bolt -
down kit. The bolt -down kit consists of either six or twelve (depending
on model) stainless steel concrete anchors and a roll of butyl tape.
The O.D. of the vertical flange matches the I.D. of Orenco's ribbed
risers, which provides a suitable joint to seal with MA320, ADH100,
SS115, or SS140 adhesive.
Cast in Place Tank Adapters
On for each end of each tank.
Standard Models 4 x PRTA24
PRTA24, PRTA30
PRTA24BDKIT (6 anchors), PRTA30BDKIT (12 anchors)
Product Code Diagram
PRTA �0
Riser diameter
24 = 24" riser (Perma-Loc, Ultra -Rib, KOR FLO)
30 = 30" riser (Perma-Loc, Ultra -Rib)
ABS riser tank adapter
Materials of Construction
Tank adapter
ABS
Concrete anchors
Stainless steel anchor bolts
Sealant
Butyl tape
Specifications
Dimensions*
PRTA24
PRTA30
A - Outside dia., in. (mm)
23.38 (594)
29.25 (743)
B - Flange dia., in. (mm)
26.75 (679)
34.25 (870)
C - Horizontal flange width, in. (mm)
2.00 (51)
2.50 (64)
D - Vertical flange height, in. (mm)
3.50 (89)
3.25 (83)
'The tank adapter has a nominal 0.25 inch (6 mm) thickness
Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTO-RLA-PRTA-1
Rev. 2.0, © 03/17
Page 1 of 1

Access Risers Ultra=Rib TM
Applications
Orenco's Access Risers provide access to septic tank openings and
can be cast into the tops of concrete tanks, bonded in place, or bolted
down using a riser tank adaptor. They can also be used as valve
enclosures.
Materials of Construction
Ultra-RibTM PVC Pipe: PVC
Specifications
General
Orenco Ultra -Ribs" Access Risers are constructed of ribbed PVC pipe
and are available in 12-, 18-, 21-, and 24-in. diameters. They can be
ordered in 3-in. (76.2-mm) increments in lengths up to 13 ft (3.96 m)
for 12- and 18-in. diameter risers, and up to 14 ft
(4.27 m) for 21- and 24-in, diameter risers. Orenco Ultra -Rib riser
pipe is also available in truckload quantities. A complete line of Orenco
pipe -cutting tools makes it easy to fabricate risers in your shop or in
the field Risers: 6 x RR24 XX
Adjust riser height to allow for
Standard Models minimum 6" above ground.
RR12XX, RU18XX, RR21XX, RR24XX
Produ
R❑[
ct Code Diagram
]❑+❑+❑
Tischarge grommet option, in. (mm)
Blank = no discharge grommet
10 1 (25
12 = 1�/4 (32)
15 = 1 %s (38)
20 2 (50)
Splice
box grommet or splice box options (chouse one):
Blank
= no grommet or splice box
S
or
= grommet installed,l-in. (25-mm), fits SB1-SB4
L
= grommet installed,l�/4-in. (32-mm), fits SB5-SB6
SX
= hole drilled for 0renco3 external splice boxT
or
61
= grommet and SB1 internal splice box installed
62
= grommet and SB2 internal splice box installed
S3
= grommet and SB3 internal splice box installed
S4
= grommet and SB4 internal splice box installed
L5
= grommet and SB5 internal splice box installed
L6
= grommet and SB6 internal splice box installed
XS
or
= grommet and simplex explosion -proof splice box installed'
XD
= grommet and duplex explosion -proof splice box installedx
XT
= grommet and triplex explosion -proof splice box installedx
Riser height in inches (3-in. increments standard)
Riser diameter:
12 = 12-in. %0-mm)*
18 = 18-1n. (450-mm)*
21 21-1n.(525-mm)
24 = 24-in. (600-mm)
I Riserbpecode,
R = 12-In. (300-mm), 21-in. (525-mm), and 24-in. (600-mm) diameters
U = 18-in. (450-mm) diameter
PU = bulk Ultra-RibT" pipe, all diameters
Riser, Ultra -Rib
* Not Intended for use over pump vaults
T Requires minimum 18-in. (457-mm) riser height
I For Class I Division I environments
Model
RR12XX
RU18XX
RR21XX
RR24XX
LD., in. (mm)
11.74 (298)
17.65 (448)
20.50 (521)
23.50 (597)
Wall Thickness - excluding ribs, in. (mm)
0.10 (3)
0.19 (5)
0.25(6)
0.25 (6)
O.D. - including ribs, in. (mm)
13.13 (334)
19.44 (494)
22.63 (575)
25.63 (651)
Weight, Ibs per ft (kg per m)
5(7.4)
11 (16.4)
15 (22.3)
19 (28.3)
Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NT0-RLA-RR-2
Rev. 3.0, © 03/17
Page 1 of 1

PVC Riser Installation
Installing PVC Access Risers onto Cast -In Orenco® Riser -Tank Adapters
Access risers provide access to septic tank openings, simplifying inspection and maintenance procedures. Access riser -to -tank connections
must be watertight for the proper functioning of an onsite septic system or effluent sewer system. Orenco strongly recommends watertightness
testing of all access riser -to -tank connections after installation.
Following are instruction sets for prepping and installing access risers, installing grommets, and selecting adhesives for riser installations.
Refer to the chart below to determine which instruction set to use.
InstructionSet ....................................... ........................... Page
1. Riser Preparation ..................................................................................1
2. Grommet Installation............................................................................... 2
3. Riser Installation — PRTA24-2 Adapters................................................................. 3
4. Riser Installation — RRFTA24, P,RFTA30, PP,TA24, PP,TA30, FRTA24-RVF, and FRTA30-FRP Adapters .................... 4
5. Riser Installation — Orenco FRP Tanks with 24-inch-Diameter (600-mm) Risers ................................... 5
6. Riser Watertightness Testing.......................................................................... 6
7. Adhesive Selection and Quantities...................................................................... 7
Instruction Set 1: Riser Preparation
Step 1: Determine Riser Height
Determine how high the riser needs to be.
• The top of the riser should be about 3 inches (75 mm) above finished grade
after installation and backfilling —This allows 2 inches (50 mm) for tank
settling and 1 inch (25 mm) for ensuring drainage away from the riser.
Step 2. Cut Riser to Size (if Necessary)
If the riser needs to be cut to size, cut it with a circular saw or table saw
• Always cut excess length from the bottom of the riser.
• For square, even cuts, a good fit, and a watertight joint between the riser
and the adapter, use an Orenco riser -cutting saw guide.
• To install risers less than 30 inches (760 mm) wide onto 500-gallon
(2000-L) Orenco FRP tanks, cut the riser so it fits into the tank and the
lowest rib rests on the tank's top, as shown.
Step 3: Dry Fit Riser to Adapter
Step 3a: Dry fit the riser to the adapter.
• Make sure riser penetrations are the right sizes and in the correct locations.
Step 3b: If the riser is higher than 3 inches (75 mm) above the estimated final
grade, cut it to size per the instructions in Step 2.
Step 3c: If the riser is too short, use an Orenco grade ring to extend it.
ODetermine riser height
3 inches (75 mm)
I
ob o .'d .' •
�•
Riser prep for 500-gal. (2000-L) Orenco FRP tanks
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIN-RLA-RR-1
Rev. 7.0, © 03/17
Page 1 of 7

Instruction Set 2: Grommet Installation
Step 1: Mark Access Riser
Step 1a: Use the site plans or drawings to find out if riser penetrations are needed.
Step 1 b: Use the plans or drawing to mark the locations of the penetrations.
• If plans or drawings aren't available, use Drawing 1 b as a general guide
for locating riser penetrations.
Step 2. Drill Holes and Clean Access Riser
Step 2a: Drill holes for riser penetrations.
• If you have questions about where to locate various riser penetrations,
contact your Distributor for more information.
Using Orenco® RKHS Hole Saws ...
Cut the hole and grind the ribs down to make a flat, smooth surface for
installing the grommet.
• Make sure your hole saw is the correct size and your drill is at least 18 volts.
• Don't grind too deeply — about 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) is deep enough.
Using Standard Hole Saws ...
1: Use the correctly sized hole saw to cut a hole, centered on the mark.
2: Trim the riser ribs back 1 inch (25 mm) from around the hole.
• Use a grinder or cutting tool to notch the ribs through to the riser wall.
• Use a hammer and chisel to break off the notched rib sections.
• Use a grinder to make a flat, smooth surface around the hole.
Step 2b: Clean and deburr the hole and flat surface with a wire brush and
deburring knife or tool.
• Be careful not to enlarge the penetration.
Step 3: Install Grommet
Step 3a: Apply a bead of adhesive to the groove in the grommet's outer diameter.
• For adhesive recommendations, see Instruction Set 7.
Step 3b: Firmly press the grommet into the penetration.
Grommet Hole Sizing Guide
Grommet size, inches (nominal IPS pipe size)
Hole saw size
112
1
3/4
1-1/4
1
1-9/16
1-1/4
1-3/4
1-1/2
2-118
2
2-3/4
3
3-7/8
4
5
For more information on grommet dimensions and actual pipe O.D., see the orenco Technical Data
Sheet for grommets, NTD-RLA-PG-1
Grommet for
splice box
(at 12 o'clock)
Grommet for
discharge assembly
(at 3 or 9 o'clock)
NIN-RLA-RR-1 Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 7.05 © 03/17
Page 2 of 7

Cutaway view of Orenco® PRTA24-2, cast into
concrete tank with 24-inch (600-mm) access
riser attached
Instruction Set 3.
Riser Installation — PRTA24-2 Adapters
Step 1: Prep Adapter Channel and Riser
Step 1a: Roughen the adapter channel and the bottom surfaces of the riser
with sandpaper.
Step 1 b: Use a clean cloth and acetone or alcohol to clean the channel and the
bottom surfaces of the riser.
• The channel must be clean and dry for a good fit and watertight joint.
• Let the acetone or alcohol dry completely.
Step 2. Apply Adhesive -
Fill the channel with methacrylate adhesive.
• For adhesive recommendations, see Instruction Set 7.
Note: If you're using a methacrylate adhesive that's non -self -leveling, use
enough to fully fill the channel, with no voids in the adhesive.
Step 3: Install Riser
Step 3a: If the riser has penetrations, align the riser correctly.
Step 3b: Firmly press the bottom of the riser into the channel.
• Twist the riser back and forth slightly to fully seat it and to create a good bond.
• If the inside seam is not completely filled, add adhesive to form a complete
fillet.
Step 3c: Use a tongue depressor, putty knife, or clean cloth to make a good
fillet over the inside seam.
Note. If cold weather conditions or frost heave are a concern at the site, contact
a qualified engineer or Orenco for additional recommendations on installing ribbed
PVC risers.
IMPORTANT- Orenco strongly recommends that all tank risers 12-in. (300-mm)
and larger in diameter be equipped with riser safety grates to help prevent
accidental or unauthorized entry.
Step . st Riser Watertightness
Follow Instruction Set 6 of this document for testing the riser's watertightness.
Note: Watertight connections are critical for the wastewater system to function
effectively and efficiently.
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIN-RLA-RR-1
Rev. 7.0, © 03/17
Page 3 of 7

Instruction Set 4:
Riser Installation — RRFTA24, RRFTA30, PRTA24,
PRTA30, FRTA24-RVF, and FRTA30-FRP Adapters
Step 1: Prep Adapter and Riser
Step 1a: Roughen the bonding surfaces of the adapter and riser with
sandpaper.
Step 1b: Use a clean cloth and acetone or alcohol to clean the bonding
surfaces of the adapter and the riser.
• The bonding surfaces must be clean and dry for a good fit and watertight joint.
• Let the acetone or alcohol dry completely.
Step 2: Apply Methacrylate Adhesive
Apply a bead of methacrylate adhesive to the outside of the adapter.
• For adhesive recommendations, see Instruction Set 7.
Step 3. Install Riser
Step 3a: If the riser has penetrations, align the riser correctly.
Step 3b: Firmly press the riser onto the adapter until the bottom of the riser is
resting on the concrete (cast -in adapters) or the adapter flange (bolted -down
adapters).
• Twist the riser back and forth slightly to fully seat it and to create a good bond.
Step 3c: Apply a bead of methacrylate adhesive to the inside of the access
riser -adapter joint.
Step 3d: Use a putty knife, tongue depressor, or clean shop rag to make a
continuous fillet on the inside of the access riser -adapter joint.
Note: If cold weather conditions or frost heave are a concern at the site, contact
a qualified engineer or Orenco for additional recommendations on installing ribbed
PVC risers.
IMPORTANT Orenco strongly recommends that all tank risers 12-in. (300-mm)
and larger in diameter be equipped with riser safety grates to help prevent
accidental or unauthorized entry.
Step 4. Test Riser Watertightness
Follow Instruction Set 6 of this document for testing the riser's watertightness.
Note: Watertight connections are critical for the wastewater system to function
effectively and efficiently.
3d
NIN-RLA-RR-1 Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 7.05 © 03/17
Page 4 of 7

x
3b
Cross-section detail of adhesive fillet
on inside seam of 1000-gal. (3785-L)
tank with 24-inch (600-mm) riser
Cross-section detail of adhesive
fillet on outside seam of 500-gal.
(1890-L) tank with 24-inch
(600-mm) riser
PC
Instruction Set 5:
Riser Installation — Orenco FRP Tanks with 24-inch-
Diameter (600-mm) Risers
Step 1: Prep Tank and Riser
Step 1 a: Roughen the bonding surfaces of the tank and the riser with
sandpaper.
Step 1b: Use a clean cloth and acetone or alcohol to clean the roughened tank
surface and the bottom surfaces of the riser.
• The surfaces must be clean and dry for a good fit and watertight joint.
• Let the acetone or alcohol dry completely.
Step 2: Apply Methacrylate Adhesive
Apply methacrylate adhesive to the bonding surfaces of the tank and the riser.
• For adhesive recommendations, see Instruction Set 7.
Step 3. Install Riser
Step 3a: If the riser has penetrations, align the riser correctly.
Step 3b: Press the riser into position
• For 1000-gal. through 2000-gal. tanks (3785-L through 7570-L), firmly press
the riser onto the tank opening
• For 500-gal. (1890-L) tanks, firmly press the riser into the tank opening.
• Twist the riser back and forth slightly to fully seat it and create a good bond.
• If the seams aren't completely filled, add adhesive to form a complete fillet.
Step 3c: Use a tongue depressor, putty knife, or clean cloth to make a good
fillet over the seams.
Note: If cold weather conditions or frost heave are a concern at the site, contact
a qualified engineer or Orenco for additional recommendations on installing ribbed
PVC risers.
IMPORTANT Orenco strongly recommends that all tank risers 12-in. (300-mm)
and larger in diameter be equipped with riser safety grates to help prevent
accidental or unauthorized entry.
Step 4. Test Riser Watertightness
Follow Instruction Set 6 of this document for testing the riser's watertightness.
Note: Watertight connections are critical for the wastewater system to function
effectively and efficiently.
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIN-RLA-RR-1
Rev. 7.0, © 03/17
Page 5 of 7

Instruction Set 6: Riser Watertightness Testing
IMPORTANT.• A watertight tank and watertight riser -to -tank connections are
critical for the wastewater system to function effectively and efficiently.
Step 1: Prep for Test
Step 1a: Make sure the adhesive seams have set and the tank has been backfilled
according to the manufacturer's instructions — typically to the tank's midpoint.
Step 1 b: Plug the inlet (and outlet, if present) of the tank with watertight plugs
Step 1 c: Fill the tank with water to a level 2 inches (51 mm) into the riser.
Step 2: Test Watertightness
Step 2a: Wait for the required time before inspecting the riser -to -tank
connections for leakage.
• Follow the tank manufacturer's recommendations (or applicable local regula-
tions) for wait times before inspecting the tank for leaks.
• Orenco recommends at least 30 minutes for its fiberglass tanks.
Step 2b: Check for any drop in the liquid level inside of the riser and any visible
leakage from the riser -to -tank connections.
• At the end of the test, there should be no drop in liquid level and no visible
leakage from seams, pinholes, or other imperfections.
• If leaks are found during the test, seal the leaks and repeat the test.
Step 2c: Once the riser -to -tank connections are proven watertight, remove the
plug(s) and drop the water level in the tank to just below the invert of the inlet or
outlet, whichever is lower.
Watertightness test
Access riser
Fill the tank to a
level 2 in. (51 mm)
into the riser
y 2 in.
Tank brim (51 mm)
NIN-RLA-RR-1 Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 7.05 © 03/17
Page 6 of 7

Instruction Set 7: Adhesive Selection and Quantities
Use the table below to select the correct adhesive and quantity for your grommet or riser installation(s). Be sure to check the expiration
date on the adhesive package. If the adhesive is expired, do not use it to install Orenco components.
Note: Before installing a riser on an Orenco riser -tank adapter with an adhesive not recommended in the table below, contact your
Distributor or Orenco.
Component
Adhesive Type and Approximate Usage
MA8120 SA510 MA320
300/300-mL cartridge 300/300-mL cartridge 7-o7 (200-mL)
(600-mL total) (600-mL tot$ packet
IN 810
1-pint (473-mL)
1-quart (946-mL)
ADH100
10.2-07 (300-mL) tube
Grommets
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
various quantities
Riser Tank
FRTA36
1 cartridge'
1 cartridge'
n/a
n/a
n/a
Adapters
PRTA24
%2 cartridge`
Yzcartridge*
1 packet
n/a
1 tube
PRTA24-2
_> Y2 cartridge'
>_ Y2 cartridge'
n/a
< 1 pint
n/a
PRTA30
< 1 cartridge"
< 1 cartridge"
2 packets
n/a
2 tubes
RRFTA24
%2 cartridge`
Yz cartridge'
1 packet
n/a
1 tube
RRFTA30
1 cartridge'
1 cartridge`
2 packets
n/a
n/a
" Indicates preferred adhesive for this application
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIN-RLA-RR-1
Rev. 7.0, © 03/17
Page 7 of 7

DuraFiber'"' Access Lids
Applications
Orenco° DuraFiber" Access Lids provide a secure, damage -resistant
covering for ribbed PVC and HDPF risers, pump basins, and access
ports. They are not recommended for vehicular traffic. 24-inch (600-mm)
DuraFiber lids require an RLA24 adapter to mate to 24-inch (600-mm)
Perma-Loci" pipe. 30-inch (750-mm) DuraFiber lids are not compatible
with 30-inch (750-mm) RLA Riser -Lid -Adapters or 30-inch (750-mm)
Perma-Loc pipe. For these products, use Orenco's FLF-Series lids.
General
DuraFiber Access Lids are constructed of resin -infused fiberglass fabrics
for extreme durability and damage resistance, with breaking strengths in
excess of 20,000 pounds (9,000 kg).
They feature flat -style flanges for easier access, allowing clean, flush -to -
grade installations. They have cored centering rings for aligning lids with
risers. They also have urethane gaskets to help provide watertight seals.
DuraFiber Lids feature a non-skid surface for better grip and aesthet-
ics, a molded -in caution statement, and room for a customer logo. They
come with four 516-inch stainless steel flathead socket cap screws and
a hex key wrench.
Durafiber Lids are available with optional insulation, installed at the fac-
tory or in kits that can be installed in the field.
Standard Models
FLD24G, FLD24GATX, FLD24GW, FLD30G, FLD30GATX, FLD30GW
Product Code Diagram
FLp Riser Lids
TIFLD 24G (6)
olor and logo options:
Blank = green color lid
B = brown color lid
C - custom logo
ATX = AdvanTexllogo
W = warning label
Insulation*
Blank - no insulation
12 = 2-inch (50-mm) insulation installed
14 = 4-Inch (100-mm) insulation installed
Vent and filter options:
Blank = no vent or filter options
V — vent
CF = carbon filter
Gasket options:
G = gasket(standard)
Blank = no gasket
Lid diameter, in. from),
24 = 24 (600)
30 = 30 Q50)
DuraFiber"fiberglass lid
Insulation has an R-value of 10 per 2-Inch (50-mm) increment.
4
B
a
T
t;
Doi
Materials of Construction:
Lid
Fiberglass reinforced polyester
Gasket
Urethane
Centering ring core
Structural foam
Mounting hardware
Stainless steel
Insulation (optional)
Closed -cell foam
Insulation mounting hardware
Stainless steel
Specifications
Model
FLD24XX
FLD30XX
A in. (mm)
26 (660)
33 (838)
B, in. (mm)
1'/2 (38)
1'/z (38)
C, in. (mm)
231/4 (590)
291/4 (743)
Gasket width, in. (mm)
3/ (19)
3/ (19)
Bolt hole diameter, in. (mm)
s/6 (8)
1/6 (8)
Weight, Ibs (kg)
11 (5)
20 (9)
Bolt holes, per lid
4
4
Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-RLA-FL-4
Rev. 3.0, © 10/17
Page 1 of 1

External Splice Box
Applications
The Orencos External Splice Box attaches outside the access riser of an
underground tank. It is engineered specifically for water and wastewater
treatment systems and is especially suited for use in locations prone to
high groundwater and other wet conditions. Its separate conduit hubs,
large volume, and optional dividers make it useful for maintaining isolation
of high and low voltage wires where needed. It has four cord grips which
accommodate power cords for floats and pumps of 0.170 - 0.470 inches
(4.3 - 11.9 mm) in diameter. Unused cord grips can be plugged watertight
with the supplied cord grip plugs. Each External Splice Box is provided with
a hole -cutting template to simplify installation on the riser and a 4-inch
(100-mm) diameter grommet for the riser penetration.
SBEX1-5
Treatment Pod (1), Pump Tank (1), Headworks (2)
Run pump and float cords through Splice Box to Panel.
DO NOT CUT WIRES IN SPLICE BOX IF POSSIBLE
6 r
0%
,4000
General
To specify the Orenco External Splice Box for your installation, require the
following:
• Watertight for prolonged submergence per UL listing (Type 6P)
• Attachment external to access riser to allow inspection with no need
to open the riser lid
• Volume of 100 in.' (1639 cml) for easy wiring access and to
accommodate multiple wiring configurations
• Bottom entry, so conduit or direct -bury cable always remains below
minimum burial depth
• Molded of UL (f1) rated plastic, resistant to cold and UV exposure,
suitable for external applications
• Optional divider plates available for isolating high and low voltage
wires from separate conduits or direct -bury cable
Standard Models
SBEX1-4, SBEXI -4-P
Product Code Diagram
SBEX1-4 -
TBlank = no divider plates
P = divider plates
External splice box
U
The External Splice Box is molded
L
of a UL (f1) rated PVC alloy. It has
a UL Tj1pe 6P listing for prolonged
submergence.
Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTo-SBEx-1
Rev. 3.0, © 10/17
Page 1 of 2

Physical Specifications Materials of Construction
Volume 100 in.3 (1639 cml) Splice box PVC alloy
Cord grips 4 per SBEX Cord grips Nylon
Cord grip plugs 3 per SBEX Cord grip plugs EPDM rubber
Cord diameters 0.170- 0.470 in. (4.3 - 11.9 mm) 0-rings Buna rubber
accommodated Conduit hub plug PVC per ASTM D-1784
Conduit hubs 2 4-in. (100-mm) grommet' EPDM rubber
Conduit hub plug 1 ' Grommet not shown in illustration belcw
Conduit sizes 3/ in.,1 in. (with coupling), /2 in. (with fitting or bell end)
accommodated
Dia. of hole into riser 5 in. (127 mm), hole -cutting template included
Threa
4.5 in.
(114 n
QWN
Cord grip
Cord grips Cord grip Optional
plugs (3)
(4) plate divider
5.24 in.(133 mm)
8.25 in. (133 mm)
I
duit Optional
iiuus (2) divider
- Conduit
hub plug (1)
NT0-SBEX-1 Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 3.05 © 10/17
Page 2 of 2

errwnsecuRin Ne.
N'
� � 9TF-RBP4S SEQMENTEO RISER
� I
FEATURES
Use as a security measure to keep
persons, especially children, from
accidental entry while systems are
being serviced or any other instance
where a cover is removed
Available to fit 18", 24", and 30"
diameter risers
Open areas in web are large enough
to allow tanks to be pumped without
having to remove the security net
Installs easily in our segmented riser
and others
Install safety net in all risers not
containing an inner lid.
Order part No. STF-N18
STF-N24
STF-N30
CAD detail drawing available in DXF format
RELATED PRODUCTS
STF-CI24 page 5
STF-APC24G page 6
STF-APC24B page 6
STF-R824B page 9
STF-AR24 page 9
STF-APC24GI-075 page 14
STF-APC24BI-075 page 14
STF-APC24GI-100 page 14
STF-APC24BI-100 page 14
STF-APL24G page 14
U.S. Patent Pending STF-APL245 page 14
PAGE
Toll Free 888-999-3290 Office 231-582-1020 Fax [phone] Email [e-mail] Web www.gag-simtech.com 10

Septic Tank Effluent Filter

8-in. to 15-in. Dia. Biotube Effluent Filters
Applications
Orenco" 8-inch to 15-inch Biotube° Effluent Filters are designed to
remove solids from effluent leaving commercial septic tanks. They can be
used in new and existing tanks.
General
Orenco" 8-inch to 15-inch Biotube° Effluent Filters* are used to improve
the quality of effluent exiting a commercial septic tank. The Biotube
cartridge fits snugly in the vault and is removable for maintenance, the
handle assembly snaps into the notches in the top of the vault, and the
tee handle can be extended for easy removal of the cartridge. A "base
inlet" model (see p. 2) is available for low -profile tanks. An optional slide
rail system, available on larger models, simplifies installation and provides
tank access for servicing.
dandle assembly
arm float assembly
-dered separately)
'ipe coupling
iotubes
lult
II
et holes
;upF
�LSuppol
Cutaway view
Side view
. Orenco" Biotube® Effluent Filters are covered under multiple U.S. and international patents.
Standard Models
FT0854-36,FT1254-36,FT1554-36,FT0822-1413,FT1254-36AR
Product Code Diagrams
FT 0 ❑ ❑ - 36 ❑ F
0854-36 NC
Tloat switch bracket and slide rail options.
Blank = no options selected
A = float switch bracket installed
H = elide rail installedr
Cartridge height, in. (mm).
36 = 36 (914), standard
Housing height', in. (mm).
48 = 48 (1219)
54 = 54 (1372)
60 = 60 (1524)
66 = 66 (1676-mm)
Filter diameter, in. (mm)
08 = 08 (zoo)
12 = 12 (300)
15 = 15 (375)
Filter mesh option.
Blank = %-in.(3-mm)filter mesh
P = 1a-in. (1 6-mm) filter mesh
Biotube® effluent filter
Minimum liquid level (MLL) information.
48-in. (1219-mm) housing for MLLof 37-46 in. (940-1168 mm)
54-in. (1372-mm) housing for MLLof 47-63 in. (1194-1600 mm)
60-in. (1524-mm) housing for MLL of 64-84 in. (1626-2134 mm)
66-in. (1676-mm) housing for MLLof 85-112 in. (2159-2845 mm)
r for12- and 15-in. (300- and 375-mm) only, use slide rail option
when only one access is available forthe filter chamber
FTD❑22-14B❑
Test switch bracket and overflow plate options.
Blank = no options selected
A = float switch elbow installed
FSO = overflow plate installed
Base net model
Cartridge height, in. (mm).
14 = 14 (356), standard
Filter housing height, in. (mm).
22 = 22 (558), standard
Filter diameter, in. (mm).
OS = 8 (200)
12 = 12 (300)
I Filter mesh option.
Blank = %-in.(3-mm)filter mesh
P = 1a-in. (1 6-mm) filter mesh
Biotube® effluent filter
Materials of Construction
Vault PVC
Pipe coupling PVC
Handle components PVC
Support coupling and bracket PVC
Biotube° cartridge Polypropylene and polyethylene
Nolo: Support coupling and support bracket are available on 12-inch and 15-inch filters only.
Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-FT-FT-2
Rev. 2.0, ® 03/17
Page 1 of 2

Air vents and discharge orifices
Air vent
Discharge orifice(s)
��
O
8-in. base
8-in.
12-in. to 15-in.
inlet models
models
models
�e�'s�1881�881B81B81�881�881188�i � i�.n�:n�� �� n,nalii
H.�° a a °°
I�B�
Standard model
Specifications
C D
5 in.
A
E
�B�
Base inlet model
D E
Model
FT0854-36
FT0822-14B
FT1254-36 FT1254-36AR
FT1554-36
A - Cartridge height, in.
36
14
36
36
36
B - Nominal diameter, in.
8
8
12
12
15
C - Inlet hole height`, in.
22
n/at
22
22
22
D - Vault base to invert height, in.
38
13
38
38
38
E - Vault height
54
22
54
54
54
Number of inlet holes
8
n/a
8
8
8
Inlet hole diameter, in.
1.375
n/a
1.375
1.375
1.375
Number of discharge orifices
2
1
1
1
1
Discharge orifice diameter, in.
1.125
1.750
2
2
2
Pipe coupling diameter, in.
4
4
4
4
4
Number of air vents
1
1
1
1
1
Air vent diameter, in.
0.75
1.750
0.75
0.75
0.75
Filter surface area$, ft2
14.6
6.0
30.0
30.0
50.5
Flow area", ft2
4.4
1.8
9.0
9.0
15.2
Inlet hole height can vary depending on the configuration of the tank. Optimum hole height is 65 75% of the minimum liquid level
t No inlet holes required, because influent enters between the vault base and the bottom of the filter cartridge.
$ Filter area is defined as the total surface area of all individual Biotubes° within the filter cartridge.
"Flow area is defined as the total open area (area of the mesh openings) of all the individual Biotubes within the filter cartridge.
NTD-FT-FT-2 Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 2.0, ® 03/17
Page 2 of 2

BiotubeO Effluent Filters
Installation, Operation and Maintenance Instructions
FT08 Models and All Base Inlet Models
U.S. Patent Nos. 5294635 / 4439323
Installation Instructions:
The Biotube Effluent Filter is suspended in the septic tank by the 4" outlet pipe. The filter is composed of a
vault body that will be fixed to the discharge pipe and a removable cartridge that consists of the Biotube
filter cartridge and the extendible handle.
1. Test -fit the effluent filter on the 4" out-
let pipe without gluing. Make sure that
it fits plumb.
Any existing outlet tee will have to be
removed.
2. Ensure sufficient clearance for trouble -
free servicing of filter cartridge. Install
assembly near the tank wall to reduce
any stresses that may be caused by
maintenance.
Sufficient room between the access
port and filter should be provided for
easy removal of solids from the tank.
The cartridge will need to be removed
and cleaned while the tank's solids
content is being pumped -out.
Ca
Oren" Systems"
Incorporated
1-800-348-9843
NIN-FT-FTM-1
Rev. 1.3, © 12/02
Page 1 of 4

Installation Instructions (continued)
3. Once the filter has been fitted properly,
apply primer and PVC cement to the
outside of the outlet pipe and the filter's
4" outlet. Use a multipurpose cement if
the outlet pipe is ABS. Do not use
primer on ABS.
Optional: Stainless steel set screws
may be used instead of glue.
4. Slide the effluent filter onto the 4" pipe
and plumb vertically.
5. Hold the filter in position until the adhe-
sive has time to set (approximately 20
seconds).
6. Extend the handle of the cartridge to an
elevation above the top of the tank for
easy access. Use 3/4" schedule 40 PVC
for extension.
Either use the stainless steel set
screws or glue the extensions in place.
1
NIN-FT-FTM-1
Rev. 1.3, © 12/02
Page 2 of 4

Installation Instructions (continued)
Optional
In existing tanks or in tanks with poorly
located access ports, it may be
necessary to extend the tank outlet
fitting by using a coupling.
A coupling may also be needed to
bush from 3034 PVC to the schedule
40 outlet of the filter.
Maintenance Instructions:
1. Remove the filter cartridge by lifting it
out of the vault.
2. Spray the cartridge tubes with a hose
to remove material sticking to them.
Make sure the rinse water runs back
into the tank.
3. Inspect the vent hole and modulating
orifices. Spray them clear of any
debris.
Replace the cartridge. Be sure to snap
the cartridge back into the saddle holes
at the top of the cartridge vault.
NIN-FT-FTM-1
Rev. 1.3, © 12/02
Page 3 of 4

Maintenance Instructions (continued)
4. An alarm is optional and will give notice that
the filter needs attention before the building
sewer backs up.
If you have an alarm, check to make sure it
is working by lifting the float switch and
sounding the alarm.
S. Record that you have cleaned the filter and,
if applicable, checked the alarm. Also com-
ment any other observations about the tank
or system.
Make sure to clean up thoroughly when
finished.
Inspection / Maintenance
Date installed: Model Tank: Size:
Model: Single/Double Compartment:
NIN-FT-FTM-1
Rev. 1.3, © 12/02
Page 4 of 4

AdvanTex Treatment Component

AdvanTexO AX-RT Treatment Systems
Applications
Orenco's AdvanTex° AX-RT Treatment System is a single, complete,
self-contained module that treats septic tank effluent to better than
secondary standards with nitrogen reduction before discharging it by
means of pump or gravity. It is ideal for:
• Repairs and retrofits
• Small sites and poor soils
• Sites that require shallow bury
Product image is for illustra6've purposes only.
General
Following a septic tank equipped with a Biotube° effluent filter, the
AdvanTex AX-RT unit eliminates the need for separate recirc, treat-
ment, and discharge tanks by performing all functions within a single
module. It also reduces the number of risers and lids needed in the
treatment train. For sites requiring antibuoyancy measures, Orenco
offers antifloatation kits with turnbuckles.
The heart of the system is the AdvanTex Recirculating Treatment Tank,
a sturdy, watertight, corrosion -proof fiberglass tank that includes the
same dependable, textile treatment media found in all AdvanTex prod-
ucts. 1AX 20 RT MODE 3A
Standard Models
AX20RT-MODEIA, AX20RT-MODE1 3/10, AX20RT-MODE1 3/30
AX25RT-MODEIA, AX25RT-MODE1 3/10, AX25RT-MODE1 3/30
Product Code Diagram
AX❑RT ❑❑"0"❑fEl- ❑"❑
TF,atswltch o,tons.
Blank= mercury float switches
MVF — non mercury float switches
Discharge pump voltage options.
Blank= 120 V
230 = 230 V
Discharge pump options.
Blank= no discharge pump
10 = 10 gpm(0.6 Uses) pump 20— 20 gpm (13 Use') pump
30 = 30 gpm (1 9 Uses) pump 50 = 50 gpm (3.2 faces)) pump
Cold weather options.
Blank standard Iltl
UCW =ultra- cold weather package
Treatment motle.
MOD
E1A= mod el, gravity discharge MODE3A— mode 3, gravity discharge
MODE iB= motle 1, pump discharge MODE3B— mode 3, pump discharge
UV disinfection unit option (AX20-RT only).
Blank= no UV disinfection unit
UV — AXUV disinfection unit
NSF approval option.
Blank = standard AdvanTex° system
N — NSF-cemded AdvanTex° system
AXRT-series treatment unit
Nominal treatment area.
20 = 20 fV (1 3 m')
25 = 25 fV (2.3 rn )
AdvanTex" Treatment System
NSF
AdvanTex° Treatment System AX-RTN Models meet the requirements of
NSF/ANSI Standard 40 for Class I Systems.
Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 2.0, ® 03/17
Page 1 of 2

Components
1. Inlet
2. Recirc/blend chamber
3. Recirc transfer line
4. Recirc pumping system
5. Manifold and spin nozzles
6. Treatment media
7. Tank baffle
8. Recirc return valve
9. Recirc/filtrate chamber
10. Discharge pumping system (pump discharge only)
11. Outlet
12. Splice box
13. Passive air vent
14. Biotube° effluent filter (in septic tank, not shown)
15. Control panel (not shown) O
Specifications
Nominal Dimensions"
Length, in. (mm) 102 (2591)
AduanTex AX-RT side view (AX204?T pump discharge model shown)
F--fl (mil (-1 1-7--r l r l r7--1 T1 l (l�i _
Width, in. (mm)
62 (1575)
Height, in. (mm)
72 (1829)
Overall unit footprint, ft2 (m2)
44 (4.11)
AdvanTexAX--RT top view (AX20-RT pump discharge model shown)
Visible footprint after installation, ft2 (m2)
20 (1.86)
Lid insulation value
R-6 (RSI-1.1)
Dry Weight AX20-RT
AX25-RT
Gravity discharge model, lb (kg) 883 (400)
908 (412)
Pump discharge model, lb (kg) 923 (419)
948 (430)
Not to be sold individually in the state of Georgia.
Nominal values provided. See Advarl Treatment System drawings for exact dimensions.
NTD-ATX-AXRT-1 Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 2.0, ® 03/17
Page 2 of 2

Adva nTex
AX-RT Treatment Systems
Residential Applications
W.,

How To Use This Manual............................................................ Page 2
Before You Begin.................................................................. Page 3
Septic Tanks Used in AX-RT Treatment Systems .......................................... Page 3
Standard Unit Components And Functions .............................................. Page 4
Installation Overview............................................................... Page 5
Installation Steps
Step 1:
Review or Sketch Site Plan .......................................................
Page 6
Step 2:
Perform Excavation(s)...........................................................
Page 6
Step 3:
Set Septic Tank (If Needed).......................................................
Page 7
Step 4:
Set AX-RT Unit.................................................................Page
8
Step 5:
Install Antibuoyancy Deadmen (If Needed) ............................................
Page 8
Step 6:
Partially Backfill Excavation(s).....................................................
Page 9
Step 7:
Install Adapters and Risers (If Needed) ...............................................
Page 10
Step 8:
Test Tank and Adapter Seams for Watertightness .......................................
Page 10
Step 9:
Test AX-RT Midseam for Watertightness .............................................
Page 11
Step 10:
Install Effluent Filter............................................................
Page 11
Step 11:
Connect Tank -to -Unit Transport Line(s)..............................................
Page 11
Step 12: Connect Passive Air Vent ......................................................... Page 12
Step 13: Connect AX-RT Outlet to Transport Line .............................................. Page 12
Step 14: Mount Control Panel and Perform Wiring ............................................. Page 12
Step 15: Perform AX-RT Operational Test ................................................... Page 13
Step 16: Complete Backfilling............................................................ Page 15
How To Use This Manual A 0
This manual contains an Installation Overview and a set of Installation Steps.
• Installation Overview — This is a simple overview of the installation steps. Its purpose is to help you quickly see the suggested order
of operations for installing an AX-RT unit. It is intended as a summary only — it does not provide complete instructions.
• Installation Steps —This provides general instructions for each installation step along with references to detailed installation docu-
ments for specific components. Many Orenco products come with installation instructions and all of these instructions are also provided in
hard copy form in our Orenco Installer Binder. Contact your Dealer or Orenco for a copy of the binder, or find individual instructions online
in the Orenco Document Library at www.orenco.com. There are also steps in this manual covering operations performed before and after
the AX-RT unit is installed that are necessary to successfully complete the installation.
You will find IMPORTANT information, Key Points, and Notes in this manual, marked with easy -to -see visuals:
OIMPORTANT — These point out potential hazards to equipment or people during and after the installation.
QKey Points — These are critical for a quality installation and must be completed in order for your installation to be successful.
Notes —These cover useful information and tips that can help make your installation simpler or easier. They may also
provide information on variations in components or methods.
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1 Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, ®07/17
Page 2

Before You Begin
At Orenco, we work hard to make your installation as easy and "hassle -free" as possible. This manual provides basic information for installing
AdvanTex AX-RT'" treatment units. It is not intended to replace installer training or requirements and instructions detailed in your engineering
plans. If you discover any inconsistencies between your engineering plans and the instructions in this manual, contact your engineer or call
your AdvanTex Dealer. If you are not an Authorized AdvanTex Installer, contact your local AdvanTex Dealer for training and authorization before
installing this system.
The Dealer can provide technical support, training, and replacement components. To find the nearest Dealer, check the Distributor Locator
page at www.orenco.com. If there is no Dealer in your area, call Orenco Systems, Inc. at [phone] or [phone].
Before you begin this installation, read this entire manual and any reference documents you may need to be familiar with to complete the
installation. Also, be sure that the instructions for these products are the most current ones available. Please note that you must perform
the installation according to the current manual or the AdvanTex® Treatment Systems Limited Warranty will be void. You
can make sure your instructions are current by checking our online Document Library at www.orenco.com. You'll save time and money on
installation day, and you'll get fewer call-backs.
QKey Point; Inspect your order for completeness and inspect each component for shipping damage. Check to be sure
instructions and items supplied comply with your state and local regulations. Carefully read and follow all instructions. Improper
installation may void warranties.
OIMPORTANT The backwash discharge from a salt -type water softener MUST NOT be plumbed into an AX-RT Treatment Unit
or the preceding septic tank. Failure to follow this instruction, or any other in this manual, will void the system's warranty.
Contact your AdvanTex Dealer if you have any questions about any household plumbing arrangements that may interfere with
the functioning of the system.
Note; All pipe diameters provided are U.S. nominal PVC pipe sizes. If you are using metric pipe, you may need adapters to
connect to the U.S. fittings supplied with AdvanTex Treatment Systems.
Septic Tanks Used in AX-RT Treatment Systems
Be sure that any septic tank used in an AX-RT Treatment System meets the following conditions:
• The tank must conform to an approved and authorized tank design for AdvanTex Systems, and it must meet all applicable regula-
tory requirements (no pour -in -place tanks, no homemade tanks, etc.). Call your local Dealer for specifics.
• The tank must be structurally sound.
• The tank must have at least 1000 gal. (3800 L) capacity for an AX20-RT, 1250 gal. (4730 L) for a 5-bedroom AX25-RT, and 1500
gal. (5680 L) for a 6-bedroom AX25-RT at the normal operating level (below the invert of the outlet).
• The tank must have an at -grade access with a watertight, securable and removable lid. If it doesn't, an at -grade access must be
installed onto the septic tank and be made watertight.
• The tank must be watertight and free of leaks.
• An Orenco effluent filter (model FTSO444-36V, FTW0444-36V, or FT0822-14B) must be installed in the septic tank.
QKey Point; For existing septic tanks — the tank's depth of burial must allow for a minimum fall of 1/8 inch per foot (10 mm
per meter or 1%) from the septic tank's invert of outlet to the AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet. If sufficient fall cannot be met, a
grade ring extension must be installed on the AX-RT or a pumping system will need to be installed in the septic tank to move
the filtered effluent to the AX-RT unit. (Contact your Dealer for assistance.)
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, ®07/17
Page 3

Standard Unit Components And Functions 0 -
Standard Components (AX20RT-MODE1 B shown):
O Septic tank inlet tee
© Biotube° effluent filter
O AX-RT inlet and tee
O Treatment tank (recirc/blend chamber)
© Recirc-transfer line
O Recirc-pump system
O Manifold and spin nozzles
O Textile media
O Tank baffle
m Discharge pumping system
® AX-RT outlet
® Passive air vent
m Splice box
Side view, septic tank Side view, AX-RT unit
Top view, septic tank Top view, AX-RT unit
Raw sewage enters the septic tank through its inlet tee. In the septic tank, the raw sewage separates into a scum layer, a sludge layer,
and a clear zone. Effluent from the clear zone passes through a Biotube° Effluent Filter and is discharged to the recirc/blend chamber
of the AX-RT unit. The effluent flows through the recirc transfer line to the recirc pumping system, which pumps filtered effluent to the
distribution manifold in the top of the unit. Effluent percolates down through the textile media and is divided — by means of a tank baffle
— between the recirc/blend chamber and the recirc/filtrate chamber inside of the unit.
The recirc pumping system's operation is controlled by a timer in the control panel. It allows the pump to dose the textile media for short
periods (usually 40-60 seconds), typically 72 times a day. These frequent "micro -doses," which optimize the treatment process, occur
throughout the day to maintain the proper biological environment.
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1 Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, ®07/17
Page 4

Installation Overview
Step 1: Review the site plan. If there is no site plan, draw up a plan including locations and distances.
Step 2: Perform the excavations for the AX-RT unit and (if needed) the septic tank.
Step 3: If the septic tank has not been set, set it according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Step 4: Set the AX-RT unit.
Step 5: Install antibuoyancy deadmen on the AX-RT unit (if needed).
Step 6: Partially backfill the AX-RT unit and (if needed) the septic tank.
Step 7: If the tank adapters and risers have not been installed on the septic tank, install them according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Step 8: If no watertightness test has been performed on the tank and the tank -to -riser connections, perform a watertightness test.
QKey Point; The tank and tank -to -riser connections must pass this test before the AX-RT is connected to the tank.
Step 9: Perform a watertightness test of the AX-RT unit's midseam.
Step 10: If the effluent filter has not been installed in the septic tank, install it according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Step 11: Connect the transport line(s) from the septic tank outlet to the AX-RT unit.
Step 12: Connect the passive air vent to the AX-RT unit.
Step 13: Connect the discharge line to the AX-RT outlet.
Step 14: Install and test the control panel and wiring for the AX-RT unit.
Step 15: Perform an operational test of the AX-RT float switches and pump(s).
Step 16: Complete the backfilling of the AX-RT unit and (if needed) the septic tank.
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, ®07/17
Page 5

Discharge to
� drainfield
T
Passive I 5plice
vent I boxes
W AX-PT unit
_>j
I
E 3 ft
4-ft
— — — — —' (minimum 1/8
distance) in.
Control fall
panel
Cleanout Outlet
riser
O5eptic tank
5 ft
14 ft
This is a sample sketch of an AX-RT unit installed parallel
to the septic tank, with no antibuoyancy measures installed.
Distances and estimated fall from the septic tank's invert of
the outlet to the AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet are included
AX-RT units require 18-24 inches (457-610 mm) space on
all four sides when installed in their own excavation.
Installation Steps
Step 1: Review or Sketch Site Plans
Check the site plan for the specifics of your installation.
•Q Key Point. If you're installing the AX-RT unit more than 20 ft (6 m)
from the septic tank, contact your Dealer for assistance.
Step 1a: Detailed Site Plan Provided
Make sure that the plan accurately reflects conditions at the site. If it
doesn't, contact the Designer before scheduling the installation.
Step 1 b: Plan Of Limited Detail Or No Site Plan Provided
If you are installing the AX-RT unit with a plan of limited detail or with no plan,
contact your local Dealer for assistance and then sketch a site plan that is
consistent with the Designer's specifications:
O!Ts Key Points;
• Sketch the exact positions of the system components, pipes, electrical
conduits, etc. Account for current and likely future landscape features
in the sketch. (See Panel Installation, EIN-CP-GEN-1, for recommenda-
tions for installing control panels.)
• A minimum fall of 1B inch per foot (10 mm per meter or 1 %) is required
from the septic tank's invert of outlet to the AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet.
• The invert of the inlet on the AX-RT is 46 in. (1168 mm) up from the
base of the unit. The outlet is 24 in. (610 mm) down from the top of the
unit for pump dispersal or 41.5 in. (1054 mm) down for gravity dispersal.
• The bottom of the AX-RT lid must sit 2 inches (50 mm) above finished
grade when set and level. Standard unit height is 72 inches (1830 mm);
grade rings increase height by 6 or 12 inches (152 or 305 mm).
• If the AX-RT unit is installed in its own excavation, the unit requires
18-24 inches (457-610 mm) of space on all four sides.
• If the AX-RT unit is installed in tandem with the septic tank, a minimum of
2 ft (610 mm) separation distance is required between the unit and tank.
• If the AX-RT unit is being installed parallel to the septic tank, offset the
unit from the tank by 6 ft (1.8 m) if antibuoyancy measures are neces-
sary or 4 ft (1.2 m) if antibuoyancy measures are not necessary.
Step 2: Perform Excavation(s)
Step 2a: Before excavating, consider the necessary elevations, offsets, and
grade requirements for the AX-RT unit and (if needed) the septic tank.
Step 2b: Perform the excavation(s).
QKey Points;
• Follow the manufacturer's recommendations for excavating the tank area.
• A minimum fall of 1/8 inch per foot (10 mm per meter or 1 %) is
required from the septic tank's invert of outlet to the AX-RT unit's invert
of the inlet.
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1 Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, ®07/17
Page 6

Installation Steps
Step 2: Perform Excavation(s), cont.
Step 2c: Make sure the bottom of the excavation is suitable for setting the
AX-RT unit and (if needed) the tank: stable, smooth, level, and free of debris,
rocks, and other sharp objects.
QKey Points;
• Follow the manufacturer's instructions for bedding the tank.
• If the bottom of the excavation is uneven or rocky, lay a 4-in. (100-mm)
bed of sand or pea gravel and compact the material to create an even,
smooth surface.
Step 2d: If the bottom of the excavation is unstable, stabilize the bottom of
the excavation before continuing.
• For unstable base soil (peat, quicksand, muck, soft or highly expansive clay,
etc.), you may need to over -excavate the site depth and set a firm, 6-in.
(152-mm) compacted base of <_ %2- to <_ 3/-in. (13- to 19-mm) aggregate
or pea gravel.
• For extremely unstable soil, you may need to pour a concrete layer to
stabilize the bottom of the excavation.
• If you have doubt about the soil's stability, consult a local civil or struc-
tural engineer.
Step 3: Set Septic Tank (if Needed)
Set the septic tank according to the manufacturer's instructions.
• Use Fiberglass Tank Burial instructions (NIN-TNK-1) to install Orenco's
500-gallon through 2000-gallon (20001 through 75701) Fiberglass Tanks.
OIMPORTANT Take care to keep everyone clear of the excavation
when placing the tank.
QKey Points;
• The tank has to be set at the correct depth to connect to the sewage inlet.
• A minimum fall of 1B inch per foot (10 mm per meter or 1 %) is required
from the septic tank's invert of outlet to the AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet.
Make sure the excavation is stable, smooth, level, and free
from debris, rocks, and sharp objects.
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, ®07/17
Page 7

Lower the AX-RT unit into position.
18-24 in.
(460-600 mm)
I.4►I
12 in. (300 mm)
When using Orenco fiberglass deadmen, be sure to place them
on a small lift of soil 12 inches (300 mm) from the bottom of
the AX-RT.
Installation Steps
Step 4: Set AX-RT Unit
Step 4a: Attach proper lifting equipment to the lifting points on the AX-RT unit.
Step 4b: Carefully lift the unit and lower it into the correct position.
Step 4c: Remove the equipment when the unit is set and level in position.
OIMPORTANT Take care to keep everyone clear of the excavation
when placing the unit. Use a lifting device that will not damage
the unit or the units lid.
QKey Points;
• A minimum fall of 1B inch per foot (10 mm per meter or 1 %) is required
from the septic tank's invert of outlet to the AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet.
• The bottom of the AX-RT lid must sit 2 inches (50 mm) above finished
grade when set and level.
• If the AX-RT unit is installed in its own excavation, the unit requires
18-24 inches (457-610 mm) of space on all four sides.
• If the AX-RT unit is installed in tandem with the septic tank, a minimum of
2 ft (610 mm) separation distance is required between the unit and tank.
• If the AX-RT unit is being installed parallel to the septic tank, offset the
unit from the tank by 6 ft (1.8 m) if antibuoyancy measures are neces-
sary or 4 ft (1.2 m) if antibuoyancy measures are not necessary.
Step 5: Install Antibuoyancy Deadmen (If Needed)'
Determine if antibuoyancy deadmen are necessary for the installation.
Orenco offers antibuoyancy hardware kits that can be used with Orenco
fiberglass deadmen or concrete deadmen.
• Deadmen are recommended for all installations.
• Deadmen are required if there is a potential for groundwater to be pres-
ent in the excavation at any time, or if surface runoff can fill the excava-
tion at any time, resulting in a "bathtub" effect.
Note; This effect occurs in dense soils when water fills an excavation
during surface water runoff —usually during a heavy rain event —
before the disturbed soil in the excavation has had time to settle.
• If you are unsure whether to install antibuoyancy deadmen or not, con-
sult the system Designer or an engineer.
Step 5a: Installing Orenco Fiberglass Deadmen
Step 5a (i): Build up a 3- to 4-inch (75- to 100-mm) lift of soil on each
side of the unit for the deadmen to rest upon.
Step 5a (ii): Secure the deadmen along the length of the unit, on both
sides, with the antibuoyancy kit hardware. Then lower the unit into the hole.
Step 5a (iii): Place the deadmen at least 12 inches (300 mm) from the
bottom of the unit, and make sure they are level.
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1 Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, ®07/17
Page 8

Installation Steps
Step 5: Install Antibuoyancy Deadmen (If Needed), cont.
Step 5b: Installing Concrete Deadmen
Notes;
• We recommend preparing concrete deadmen off site before installation.
• PVC forms for concrete deadmen can be made from 12-in. dia. x 4-ft
long (300-mm x 1200-mm long) PVC half -pipe or chamber material.
• Wooden forms for concrete deadmen can be built 12-in. wide x 6 in.
tall x 4 ft long (300-mm x 150-mm x 1200-mm).
Step 5b (i): Fill two forms halfway with concrete.
Step 5b (ii): Place two #4 reinforcing bars in each of the forms.
Step 5b (iii): Finish filling the forms.
Step 5b (iv): Sink eyebolts from the antibuoyancy hardware kit into the
concrete for attaching the deadmen later.
Step 5b (v): Let the concrete set completely before moving the deadmen.
Step 5b (vi): Use appropriate lifting gear to set the deadmen in place.
Step 5b (vii): Secure the deadmen along the length of the unit, on both
sides, with the antibuoyancy hardware kit and make sure they are level.
Step 6: Partially Backfill Excavation(s) AL
Partially backfill around the AX-RT unit and (if needed) the tank. Follow the
manufacturer's instructions for backfilling around the tank. Follow the steps
below to backfill around the AX-RT unit.
OIMPORTANT Bolt down the AX-RT lid before backfilling! Bolting
down the lid increases rigidity and helps prevent deformation.
Step 6a: Fill the AX-RT with 16 in. (410 mm) of water on both sides of the baffle.
Step 6b: Backfill around the unit with a 16-inch (410-mm) layer of material.
QKey Points;
• Do not use native material to backfill if it is primarily sand; very soft or
highly expansive clay; or if it contains debris, large (> 3/-in. or 19-mm)
rocks, sharp rocks, peat, or muck. In these cases, use <_ 3/ inch (<_ 19
mm) rounded gravel, crushed stone, or pea gravel as fill material. This
material should be washed, free -flowing, and free of debris.
• Do not backfill with sand.
Step 6c: Compact the fill thoroughly with a mechanical compactor.
Step 6d: Fill the AX-RT with water to just above the midseam flange on both
sides of the baffle.
Step 6e: Add another 16-inch (410-mm) layer of backfill.
Step 6f: Compact the fill to 2-3 inches (50-75 mm) below the midseam flange.
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, ®07/17
Page 9

See Orenco's PVCAccess Riser Installation (NIN-RLA-RR-1)
instructions for installing access risers on Orenco Tank Adapters.
Watertight seams are critical for proper performance.
Installation Steps
Step 7: Install Adapters and Risers (If Needed)
Step 7a: Install tank adapters if needed. Follow the manufacturer's instructions.
• Use PRTA24 and PRTA30 Tank Adapter Installation (NIN-TA-PRTA-2)
instructions for installing Orenco PRTA24 or PRTA30 Tank Adapters.
• Use RRFTA and RRFTA30 Tank Adapter Installation (NIN-TA-RRFTA-1)
instructions for installing Orenco RRFTA or RRFTA30 Tank Adapters.
• Use FRTA30-FRP Tank Adapter Installation (NIN-TA-FRTA-1) instructions for
installing Orenco FRTA30-FRP Tank Adapters.
• Use Tank Adapter Installation for Roth Tanks (NIN-TA-RR-2) instructions for
installing Orenco FRTA24-R or PRTA30 Tank Adapters on Roth Fralo tanks.
Step 7b: Install the access risers and any necessary grommets.
• Use PVC Access Riser Installation (NIN-RLA-RR-1) instructions for installing
access risers on Orenco Tank Adapters and grommets in access risers.
QKey Points;
• Mode 3 systems require a 1-in. (25-mm) grommet in the tank's inlet riser.
The grommet must be on the same side of the riser as the AX-RT unit's
return line.
• The seam between the tank and the tank adapter has to be watertight.
• Watertight seams and penetrations are critical for proper performance.
• Before installing the riser, make sure the riser is the correct height — the
recommended riser height is 2-3 inches (50-75 mm) above final grade.
• Before installing the riser, make sure that the riser penetrations are made
at the correct height to make connections.
• Before installing the riser, make sure the penetrations are aligned correctly.
• After installing the riser, make sure all adhesive seams are smooth, con-
tinuous fillets, free of voids.
• After installing the riser, make sure the adhesive is set before continuing.
Step 8: Test Tank and Adapter Seams For Watertightness
Step 8a: Test the tank for watertightness if it has not been tested already.
Note; Follow the manufacturer's recommendations for watertight-
ness testing. Some manufacturers require the tank be fully backfilled
before testing watertightness.
Step 8b: Test the tank -to -riser adapter seams for watertightness.
• Use PVC Access Riser Installation (NIN-RLA-RR-1) instructions to test the
seams between the access riser, tank adapter, and tank for watertightness.
QKey Points;
• Watertight seams are critical for proper system performance — all tank -
to -riser seams must all pass the watertightness test before you continue.
• Follow all applicable regulations and manufacturer's instructions for water-
tightness testing.
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1 Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, ®07/17
Page 10

Installation Steps
Step 9: Test AX-RT Midseam for Watertightness
Step 9a: Make sure the AX-RT unit is filled with water to 1-2 inches (25-
50 mm) above the midseam flange on both sides of the tank baffle.
Step 9b: Wait 15 minutes and then inspect the midseam flange for leaks.
There should be no drop in liquid level and no visible leakage from the seam.
Step 9c: If there is any leakage, contact your Dealer for information on
repairing the AX-RT unit.
Step 10. Install Effluent Filter
Install the effluent filter after the tank has been water tested.
Step 1 Oa: Verify the model of the effluent filter.
• Orenco's FTSO444-36V, FTW0444-36V, and FT0822-14B filters are
the only models allowed for use with the AX-RT Treatment Unit.
Step 1 Ob: Dry test -fit the effluent filter on the septic tank's outlet pipe.
QKey Points;
• Make sure the filter is plumb.
• Make sure the filter is snug to the tank wall with enough clearance for
easy removal of the filter cartridge.
Step 1 Oc: Secure the filter to the outlet pipe with one of the following methods:
• Glue the filter onto the tank outlet pipe with primer and glue, or
• Secure the filter with a stainless steel set screw.
Step 1 Od: If necessary for ease of access, extend the cartridge handle
with a longer length of 3/-inch nominal (20-mm DN) Schedule 40 PVC pipe.
Step 11: Connect Transport Line from Tank to AX-RT
Step 11 a: Dry fit the 4-inch (100-mm) transport line and any fittings
between the outlet of the septic tank and the inlet of the AX-RT unit.
O!TKeyPoint Confirm there is a minimum fall of 1/8 inch per ft (10
s mm per m or 1 %) from the septic tank's invert of outlet to the
AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet.
Step 11 b: Glue all of the transport line pieces in place.
OIMPORTANT Do not use primer on ABS parts.
Step 11c: For Mode 3 units, glue all of the return line pieces in place.
• Install the 1-in. (25-mm) return line between the return line port and
the 1-in. (25-mm) grommet for the return line on the tank's inlet riser.
• To avoid siphoning, the return line should allow effluent to pour into the
tank from the height of the riser grommet.
Fill AX-RT unit with water to 1-2 inches (25-50-mm) above
the midseam flange on both sides of the baffle.
Effluent filter installed on the septic tank outlet.
1/8 inch minimum fall
Confirm a minimum fall of 1/8 inch per foot (10 mm per
meter or 1 %) from the septic tank's invert of outlet to
the AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet.
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, ®07/17
Page 11

46 Installation Steps
Passive air vent
Install the vent within 20 ft (6 m) of the AX-RT unit.
Wire control panel.
Step 12. Connect Passive Air Vent
Use 2-inch (50 mm) PVC pipe to plumb the passive air vent to the 2-inch
(50 mm) vent fitting that protrudes from the outlet side of the AX-RT unit.
QKey Points;
• Install the vent within 20 ft (6 m) of the AX-RT unit, preferably near a
wall or other location that will protect it from damage.
• Make sure the vent line is sloped back a minimum of 1/ inch per foot
(20 mm per meter) so that it can drain back into the unit.
• Make sure there are no "bellies" in the line that can collect water.
• Make sure the vent's top is a minimum of 3 in. (75 mm) above final grade.
Notes;
• The air vent can easily be hidden by shrubbery or landscaping.
• The air vent can be painted to better blend in with landscaping.
Step 13. Connect AX-RT Outlet to Transport Line r
Glue the AX-RT discharge plumbing line to the transport line for final discharge.
Step 14. Mount Control Panel and Perform Wiring
QKey Points;
• This step should be performed by a licensed or qualified electrician.
• Installation instructions, schematics, and wiring diagrams specific to the
panel and float switch configuration are included with each panel. If any of
these is missing, contact your Dealer or Orenco for a replacement.
Step 14a: Install the splice box(es) on the AX-RT using the instructions that
came with it.
Step 14b: Mount the panel using the instructions that came with it.
IMPORTANT DO NOT mount the control panel on an exterior wall
other than a garage or shop wall! The motor contactor makes a sound
while engaging and disengaging that can be disruptive to residents.
O!Ts Key Points;
• Follow all applicable regulations for placement of the control panel.
• Mount the panel within sight of the tank in a service -friendly location.
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1 Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, ®07/17
Page 12

Installation Steps
Step 14. Mount Control Panel and Perform Wiring, cont.
Step 14c: Route wires and connect the panel, pump, float switches, and other
equipment shown in the instructions and schematics into the control panel.
OIMPORTANT Follow all applicable regulations and electric codes.
QKey Points.
• Use watertight wire connectors to avoid electrical shorts and other issues.
• Be sure to seal the conduit at the control panel and at the splice box
with UL-listed sealing foam, putty, or silicone sealant.
�'• Note. To help identify wiring runs for individual pumps and float
switches, use different -colored wires for each electrical component.
Step 15. Perform AX-RT Operational Test ,
OIMPORTANT Before using a generator to operate a pump, contact
your Dealer or Orenco to make sure it can supply sufficient starting
amperage to the pump.
Step 15a: Rotate the manifold so that the spin nozzles face upward.
Step 15b: Remove the cap at the end of the manifold.
Step 15c: Toggle the recirc pump "AUTO/OFF/MAN" switch to "MAN" for
10-20 seconds to flush any debris out of the manifold.
OIMPORTANT Always make sure there is enough water in the
AX-RT's recirc/blend chamber to safely run the pump.
Step 15d: Rotate the manifold so that the spin nozzle faces down and
reinstall the cap on the end of the manifold.
Step 15e: Install the pressure gauge on the manifold.
Step 15f: Toggle the recirc pump "AUTO/OFF/MAN" switch to "MAN" and adjust
the gate valve for a pressure gauge reading of 3.0-3.5 psi (20.7-24.1 kPa).
Note. If the manifold won't pressurize to 3.0-3.5 psi (20.7-24.1 kPa),
check for debris, line breaks, or broken valves, and verify that the pump has
sufficient power. Contact your Dealer for additional assistance.
Key Point. Check for complete spray coverage of the textile media and
adjust the pressure as needed for complete coverage.
Step 15g: Toggle the recirc pump "AUTO/OFF/MAN" switch to "OFF."
Step 15h: Remove the pressure gauge.
Step 15i: Return the recirc pump "AUTO/OFF/MAN" switch to "AUTO."
Rotate the manifold so spin nozzles face upward.
Remove the cap at the end of the manifold.
-",, M
'�sLSLSI
�
15f 6 .21
l
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, ®07/17
Page 13

Installation Steps
Step 15. Perform AX-RT Operational Test, cont.
Step 15j: If the system uses a VCOMTM control panel, use the instructions that
came with it to place the control panel in "Test Mode." If the system uses an
MVP control panel, go on to the next step.
Step 15k: Check the operation of the recirc chamber's float switches by
raising and lowering the low-level, mid -level, and high-level float in turn and
verifying that each performs its intended function.
• If the AX-RT unit has a discharge pump, continue to step 151.
• If the AX-RT unit has an MVP panel and gravity discharge, go to step 15o.
• If the AX-RT has a VCOM panel and gravity discharge, take the panel
out of "Test Mode" and go to step 150.
OIMPORTANT Always make sure there is enough water in the
AX-RT's discharge chamber to safely run the pump.
Step 151: Toggle the discharge pump's "AUTO/OFF/MAN" switch to "MAN"
and verify the pump runs.
Step 15m: Toggle the discharge pump's "AUTO/OFF/MAN" switch to "AUTO."
Step 15n: Check the operation of the discharge chamber's float switches by
raising and lowering the low-level, mid -level, and high-level float in turn and
verifying that each performs its intended function.
• For units with a VCOM control panel, take the control panel out of "Test
Mode."
Step 15o: Make sure the recirc pump and (if equipped) discharge pump's
"AUTO/OFF/MAN" switches are toggled to "AUTO."
Step 15p: Close and bolt down the lid on the AX-RT unit.
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1 Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, ®07/17
Page 14

Installation Steps
Step 16. Complete Backfilling
QKey Points;
• When backfilling, be careful not to alter the slope of any of the pipes.
Brace the pipes or place the pipes on a compacted bed and carefully
fill around them.
• Before backfilling, make sure the AX-RT unit's lid and all riser lids are
bolted down.
Step 16a: Backfill the septic tank excavation if it has not yet been done.
Follow the tank manufacturer's guidelines for backfilling.
Stepl6b: Backfill and compact around the AX-RT unit in maximum 12-inch
(305-mm) lifts.
QKey Points;
• Do not use native material to backfill if it is primarily sand; very soft or
highly expansive clay; or if it contains debris, large (> 3/-in. or 19-mm)
rocks, sharp rocks, peat, or muck. In these cases, use <_ 3/-in. (<_ 19
mm) rounded gravel, crushed stone, or pea gravel as fill material. This
material should be washed, free -flowing, and free of debris.
• For installations in non -cohesive soils* with high seasonal water tables,
use 3/-inch crushed rock as the backfill material.
• Do not backfill with sand.
Step 16c: Compact the fill thoroughly with a mechanical compactor.
QKey Points;
• The bottom of the AX-RT lid should sit 2 inches (50 mm) above final
grade.
• After backfilling, call the system's Service Provider to arrange for the
official System Start-up.
Step 16d: Be sure the AX-RT unit's lid is closed and secured.
Step 16e: Be sure the septic tank's access lids are secured.
"As described in OSHA Standards (29 CFR, Part 1926, Subpart P, Appendix A), noncohesive soils
or granular soils include gravel, sand, or silt with little or no clay content. Granular soil cannot be
molded when moist and crumbles easily when dry. Cohesive soils include clayey silt, sandy clay,
silty clay, clay, and organic clay. Cohesive soil does not crumble, can be excavated with vertical
sideslopes, is hard to break up when dry, and when moist, can be rolled into threads without
crumbling. For example, if at least a 2-inch (51-mm) length of 1/8-inch (3-mm) thread can be
held on one end without tearing, the soil is cohesive.
Backfill the AX-RT in 12-inch (300 mm) lifts.
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, ®07/17
Page 15

AdvanTex
AX-RT Treatment Systems
Residential Applications
®AdvanTex Treatment System AX-RTN
Models meet the requirements of NSF/ANSI
Standard 40 for Class I Systems.
c&s
LISTED
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, ® 07/17
Orenco Systems®, Inc.

UV Component

OrencoO UV Disinfection Unit
Applications
The Orenco° UV Disinfection Unit is designed for use in residential
applications after advanced secondary treatment (10 mg/L cBOD5
and TSS) When disinfection is required before dispersal.
It requires installation inside a pump or gravity discharge basin or in a
separate tank following an advanced secondary treatment system.
3-in. (80-mm)
quick -disconnect cou-
pling (2 pieces)
Inlet
Contact
chamber
Teflon° sleeve
UV lamp
Flow -through
spacer
General
Treated effluent flows by gravity through the contact chamber and
around the UV lamp Where it is disinfected in a 360-degree contact
zone. The unit uses no chemicals and has no moving parts. It requires
annual cleaning and lamp replacement.
In side -by -side NSF° testing, the Orenco UV Disinfection Unit reduced
bacteria by 99.999% (5 logs), meeting or exceeding the performance
of other residential UV disinfection units.
The Orenco UV Disinfection Unit comes With a power ballast and a
Orenco° UVIB lamp current sensor, housed in an Orenco control panel to protect the
control panel UV unit's electronic components. The control panel is installed exter-
(shown open) nally, outside of the Wet Well.
Orenco® UV Disinfection Unit, Cutaway View
Features/Specifications
• UL-recognized for US and Canada
• Bacteria reduced by 99.999% (5 logs)
per cord
t grip
• Flow path designed for maximum contact time between effluent and
lamp
led lamp
dle
• Components designed to work together — no piecemeal disinfec-
et
tion assemblies and wiring
• Teflon sleeve to protect lamp and minimize buildup and service
intervals
• Quick -disconnect fitting for easy inspection and unit cleaning
• Power ballast and lamp current sensor housed in a control panel
(not in a wet well) to minimize corrosion and failure due to environ-
mental exposure
Standard Models
UV-1 25/31 -UVIB, UV-1 25/31 -UVIBSUB
Product Code Diagram
UV-125/31-0-❑
Tower cord length:
Blank = 25 ft (7.62 m)
50 = 50 ft (15.2 m)
Control panel options:
UVIB = panel with audible and visible alarms
UVIBSUB = sub -panel for use with separate control panel
Lamp length:
31 = 31 in. (787 mm)
Lamp output at 1 meter:
125 = 125 UW/cm2
Orenco UV disinfection unit
CW US UL-recognized
Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-UMSI-1
Rev. 2.0, ® 03/17
Page 1 of 2

Materials of Construction
ELI-
Panel enclosure UV -resistant fiberglass, UL Type 4X rated
Hinges and latches Stainless steel
Cord grip Nylon
u Contact chamber 3-in. (80-mm) diameter Sch 40 blackABS
Inlet tee 3-in. (80-mm) Sch 40 black ABS
Other fittings Black ABS
° Quick disconnect BlackABS
coupling
Orenco UVIB Control Panel 1 %2-in. IPS outlet Black ABS
(Shown Opened)
t __+_
A RD
C
�
Orenco UV Disinfection Unit
(Top View)
Lamp assembly seal EPDM rubber
Lamp sleeve Teflon°
Specifications
Panel Dimensions, in. (mm)
Height 11.5 (290)
Width 9.5 (240)
Depth 5.4(135)
UV Unit Dimensions, in. (mm)
A 5.63 (143)
B 10.06 (256)
C 1.50 IPS (40 DN)
D 42.25 (1073)
D
E 38.56 (979)
E
F 34.50 (876)
F
Inlet -to -outlet fall 0.50 (13)
UV Unit Performance
Typical contact chamber 276,000 µWs/cm2at 1 gpm (0.06 L/sec)
UV dose (65%trans- 55,000 µWsicm2at 5 gpm (0.32 L/sec)
mittance, 20% lamp 28,000 µWs/cm2 at 10 gpm (0.63 L/sec)
degradation)
Minimum target dose 30,000-38,000 µWs/cm2
Lamp 31 inches V87 mm), 92 VAC, 50 or 60 Hz,
425 mA, 38 W; 254 nm UVC intensity at 1 m
is 125 µW/cm2
Power cord 600V, 18/2 UL Type TC
Cord plug UL listed four -pin connector, Iampholder,
electric discharge, 1000 V or less
Ballast 120V, AC, 50 or 60 Hz, located in UL listed
Orenco° control panel
Audible alarm* 95 dB at 24 in. (610 mm), warble -tone sound
Visual alarm* 'A -in. (22-mm) diameter red lens, "Push-to-
silence." UL Type 4X rated, 1 W LED light, 120 V
Orenco UV Disinfection
(Side Cutaway View)
Unit
Circuit breaker 10 A, OFF/ON switch. Single -pole 120 V.
DIN rail mounting with thermal magnetic
tripping characteristics
UVIB control panels only
W-UMSI-1 Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 2.0, ® 03/17
Page 2 of 2

Recirculation and Irrigation Pumps

PF Series 60-Hz, 4-inch (100-mm)
Submersible Effluent Pumps
Applications
Our 4-inch (100-mm) Submersible Effluent Pumps are designed to
transport screened effluent (with love TSS counts) from septic tanks or
separate dosing tanks. All our pumps are constructed of lightweight,
corrosion -resistant stainless steel and engineered plastics; all are field -
serviceable and repairable with common tools; 60-Hz PF Series models
are CSA certified to the U.S. and Canadian safety standards for effluent
pumps, meeting UL requirements.
Orenco's Effluent Pumps are used in a variety of applications, includ-
ing pressurized drainfields, packed bed filters, mounds, aerobic units,
effluent irrigation, effluent sewers, wetlands, lagoons, and more. These
pumps are designed to be used with a Biotube° pump vault or after a
secondary treatment system.
Discharge Connection
Bypass Orifice
Franklin
Liquid End
Suction Connection
Franklin
Super Stainless
Motor
Powered by
a -
Franklin Electric
c us v
LRB0980
LR2053896
Features/Specifications
To specify this pump for your installation, require the following:
• Minimum 24-hour run -dry capability with no deterioration in pump life
or performance*
• Patented 1/8-inch (3-mm) bypass orifice to ensure flow recirculation
for motor cooling and to prevent air bind
• Liquid end repair kits available for better long-term cost of ownership
• TRI-SEALTM floating impeller design on 10, 15, 20, and 30 glom
(0.6, 1.0, 1.3, and 1.9 L/sec) models; floating stack design on 50 and
75 glom (3.2 and 4.7 L/sec) models
• Franklin Electric Super Stainless motor, rated for continuous use and
frequent cycling
• Type SCOW 600-V motor cable
Not applicable for 5-hp (3.73 kM models
Standard Models
See specifications chart, pages 2-3, for a list of standard pumps. For
a complete list of available pumps, call Orenco.
Product Code Dia ram Recirculation Pump
g PF300511
Dose
PF❑❑OF] F-1-❑PF2005mp
F2005 1 1
Tcor—dlength, ft (m):$
Blank = 10 (3) 20 = 20 (6)
30 = 30 (9) 50 = 50 (15)
Check valve:
Blank = no internal checkvalve
CV = internal check valve'
Voltage, nameplate:
1 = 115* 200 = 200
2 = 230 4 = 460
Frequency:
1 = single-phase 60 Hz
3 = three-phase 60 Hz
Horsepower (k":
03 = 1/3 hp (0.25) 05 = Y2 hp (0.37)
07 = 1/a hp (0.56) 10 = 1 hp (0.75)
15 = 1 Y2 hp (1.11) 20 = 2 hp (1.50)
30 = 3 hp (2.24) 50 = 5 hp (3.73)
Nominal flow, gpm (Usec):
10 = 10 (0.6) 15 = 15(1.0)
20 = 20 (1.3) 30 = 30 (1.9)
50 = 50 (3.2) 75 = 75 (4.7)
Pump, PF Series
`Y2-hp (0.37k" only
'Available for 10 gpm (0.6 Usec),112 hp (0.37 k" only
S Note: 20-ft cords are available only for single-phase pumps through 1 Yz hp
Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-PU-PF-1
Rev. 5.0, ® 03/17
Page 1 of 5

Specifications
E
C.
C
VJ f0/J
Pump Model
t
3
C.
R
d
y
•+
cc
C- G1
CM
E Q
Z
49
O
yC„
Q
O
=
•y C-
G M
y
C.
E
X
2
i
G1
C.
9
N
rn !3
d y
ED a
V
VJ
G
=
t
C
�-
'a
Cr
�+
M
G1
a
V
PH 00511
10 (0.6)
0.50 (0.37)
1
115
120
12.7
12.7
6
1 '/4 in. GFP
23.0 (660)
16 (406)
26 (12)
300
PH 00511 CV
10(0.6)
0.50 (0.37)
1
115
120
12.7
12.7
6
1 '/4 in. GFP
23.0 (660)
16 (406)
26 (12)
300
PH 00512
10 (0.6)
0.50 (0.37)
1
230
240
6.3
6.3
6
1 '/4 in. GFP
23.0 (660)
16 (406)
26 (12)
300
PF10053200
10 (0.6)
0.50 (0.37)
3
200
208
3.8
3.8
6
1 '/4 in. GFP
23.0 (660)
16 (406)
26 (12)
300
PF100712 4,1
10 (0.6)
0.75 (0.56)
1
230
240
8.3
8.3
8
1 '/4 in. GFP
25.9 (658)
17 (432)
30 (14)
300
PF100732004,1
10 (0.6)
0.75 (0.56)
3
200
208
5.1
5.2
8
1 '/4 in. GFP
25.4 (645)
17 (432)
31 (14)
300
PH 01012 1,1
10 (0.6)
1.00 (0.75)
1
230
240
9.6
9.6
9
1 '/4 in. GFP
27.9 (709)
18 (457)
33 (15)
100
PH 0103200 1,1
10 (0.6)
1.00 (0.75)
3
200
208
5.5
5.5
9
1 '/4 in. GFP
27.3 (693)
18 (457)
37 (17)
300
PH 02012 5, 6 1,1
10(0.6)
2.00 (1.49)
1
230
240
12.1
12.1
18
1 '/4 in. SS
39.5 (1003)
22 (559)
48 (22)
100
PH 02032 s, e, a
10(0.6)
2.00 (1.49)
3
230
240
7.5
7.6
18
1 '/4 in. SS
37.9 (963)
20 (508)
44 (20)
300
PH 0203200 5, e, a
10(0.6)
2.00 (1.49)
3
200
208
8.7
8.7
18
1 '/4 in. SS
37.9 (963)
20 (508)
44 (20)
300
PF150311
15 (1.0)
0.33 (0.25)
1
115
120
8.7
8.8
3
1 '/4 in. GFP
19.5 (495)
15 (380)
23 (10)
300
PF150312
15 (1.0)
0.33 (0.25)
1
230
240
4.4
4.5
3
1 '/4 in. GFP
19.5 (495)
15 (380)
23 (10)
300
PF200511
20 (1.3)
0.50 (0.37)
1
115
120
12.3
12.5
4
1 1/4 in. GFP
22.3 (566)
18 (457)
25 (11)
300
PF200512
20 (1.3)
0.50 (0.37)
1
230
240
6.4
6.5
4
1 '/4 in. GFP
22.5 (572)
18 (457)
26 (12)
300
PF20053200
20 (1.3)
0.50 (0.37)
3
200
208
3.7
3.8
4
1 '/4 in. GFP
22.3 (566)
18 (457)
26 (12)
300
PF201012 4,1
20 (1.3)
1.00 (0.75)
1
230
240
10.5
10.5
7
1 '/4 in. GFP
28.4 (721)
20 (508)
33 (15)
100
PF201032004,1
20 (1.3)
1.00 (0.75)
3
200
208
5.8
5.9
7
1 '/4 in. GFP
27.8 (706)
20 (508)
33 (15)
300
PF201512 4,1
20 (1.3)
1.50 (1.11)
1
230
240
12.4
12.6
9
1 '/4 in. GFP
34.0 (864)
24 (610)
41 (19)
100
PF201532004,1
20 (1.3)
1.50 (1.11)
3
200
208
7.1
7.2
9
1 '/4 in. GFP
30.7 (780)
20 (508)
35 (16)
300
PF300511
30 (1.9)
0.50 (0.37)
1
115
120
11.8
11.8
3
1 �/4 in. GFP
21.3 (541)
20 (508)
28 (13)
300
PF300512
30 (1.9)
0.50 (0.37)
1
230
240
6.2
6.2
3
1'/4 in. GFP
21.3 (541)
20 (508)
25 (11)
300
PF30053200
30 (1.9)
0.50 (0.37)
3
200
208
3.6
3.6
3
1'/4 in. GFP
21.3 (541)
20 (508)
25 (11)
300
PF300712
30 (1.9)
0.75 (0.56)
1
230
240
8.5
8.5
5
1 '/4 in. GFP
24.8 (630)
21 (533)
29 (13)
300
PF30073200
30 (1.9)
0.75 (0.56)
3
200
208
4.9
4.9
5
1 '/4 in. GFP
24.6 (625)
21 (533)
30 (14)
300
PF301012 4
30 (1.9)
1.00 (0.75)
1
230
240
10.4
10.4
6
1 '/4 in. GFP
27.0 (686)
22 (559)
32 (15)
100
PF30103200 4
30 (1.9)
1.00 (0.75)
3
200
208
5.8
5.8
6
1 '/4 in. GFP
26.4 (671)
22 (559)
33 (15)
300
PF301512 4,1
30 (1.9)
1.50 (1.11)
1
230
240
12.6
12.6
8
1 '/4 in. GFP
32.8 (833)
24 (610)
40 (18)
100
PF301532004,1
30 (1.9)
1.50 (1.11)
3
200
208
6.9
6.9
8
1 '/4 in. GFP
29.8 (757)
22 (559)
34 (15)
300
PF301534 4,1
30 (1.9)
1.50 (1.11)
3
460
480
2.8
2.8
8
1 '/4 in. GFP
29.5 (685)
22 (559)
34 (15)
300
PF302012 5, 6 1
30 (1.9)
2.00 (1.49)
1
230
240
11.0
11.0
10
1 '/4 in. SS
35.5 (902)
26 (660)
44 (20)
100
PF30203200 1,1
30 (1.9)
2.00 (1.49)
3
200
208
9.3
9.3
10
1 '/4 in. SS
34.0 (864)
24 (610)
41 (19)
300
PF303012 5, 6 1,1
30 (1.9)
3.00 (2.23)
1
230
240
16.8
16.8
14
1 '/4 in. SS
44.5 (1130)
33 (838)
54 (24)
100
PF303032 s, e, a
30 (1.9)
3.00 (2.23)
3
230
240
10.0
10.1
14
1 '/4 in. SS
44.3 (1125)
27 (686)
52 (24)
300
PF305012 s, 67 a
30 (1.9)
5.00 (3.73)
1
230
240
25.6
25.8
23
1 '/4 in. SS
66.5 (1689)
53 (1346)
82 (37)
100
PF305032 s, e, a
30 (1.9)
5.00 (3.73)
3
230
240
16.6
16.6
23
1 '/4 in. SS
60.8 (1544)
48 (1219)
66 (30)
300
PF30503200 s, e, a
30 (1.9)
5.00 (3.73)
3
200
208
18.7
18.7
23
1 '/4 in. SS
60.8 (1544)
48 (1219)
66 (30)
300
PF500511
50(3.2)
0.50 (0.37)
1
115
120
12.1
12.1
2
2 in. SS
20.3 (516)
24 (610)
27 (12)
300
PF500512
50(3.2)
0.50 (0.37)
1
230
240
6.2
6.2
2
2 in. SS
20.3 (516)
24 (610)
27 (12)
300
PF500532
50(3.2)
0.50 (0.37)
3
230
240
3.0
3.0
2
2 in. SS
20.3 (516)
24 (610)
28 (13)
300
PF50053200
50(3.2)
0.50 (0.37)
3
200
208
3.7
3.7
2
2 in. SS
20.3 (516)
24 (610)
28 (13)
300
PF500534
50(3.2)
0.50 (0.37)
3
460
480
1.5
1.5
2
2 in. SS
20.3 (516)
24 (610)
28 (13)
300
PF500712
50(3.2)
0.75 (0.56)
1
230
240
8.5
8.5
3
2 in. SS
23.7 (602)
25 (635)
31 (14)
300
PF500732
50(3.2)
0.75 (0.56)
3
230
240
3.9
3.9
3
2 in. SS
23.7 (602)
25 (635)
32 (15)
300
NTD-PU-PF-1 Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, ® 03/17
Page 2 of 5

Specifications, cont.
�-
a
E G1 49
VJ !3
y Ca
C. 3 �+ O O Q Ca
C C. C- G1 = E t
d y
ED a
=
t
'a
a
�+
f0.1
V
CM
VJ f0/J R E Q y0„ •y C- X C.
V
VJ
cm
G1
!C
d Z Q G !C 2 9
G
Pump Model
PF50073200 50 (3.2) 0.75 (0.56) 3 200 208 4.9 4.9 3
2 in. SS
23.1 (587)
26 (660)
32 (15)
300
PF500734 50 (3.2) 0.75 (0.56) 3 460 480 1.8 1.8 3
2 in. SS
34.8 (884)
25 (635)
31 (14)
300
PF501012 50 (3.2) 1.00 (0.75) 1 230 240 10.1 10.1 4
2 in. SS
27.0 (686)
26 (660)
35 (16)
100
PF50103200 50 (3.2) 1.00 (0.75) 3 200 208 5.7 5.7 4
2 in. SS
26.4 (671)
26 (660)
39 (18)
300
PF501034 50 (3.2) 1.00 (0.75) 3 460 480 2.2 2.2 4
2 in. SS
26.4 (671)
26 (660)
39 (18)
300
PF5015121 50 (3.2) 1.50 (1.11) 1 230 240 12.5 12.6 5
2 in. SS
32.5 (826)
30 (762)
41 (19)
100
PF501532001 50 (3.2) 1.50 (1.11) 3 200 208 7.0 7.0 5
2 in. SS
29.3 (744)
26 (660)
35 (16)
300
PF503012 4 s 1 a 50 (3.2) 3.00 (2.23) 1 230 240 17.7 17.7 8
2 in. SS
43.0 (1092)
37 (940)
55 (25)
100
PF50303200 1, s, a 50 (3.2) 3.00 (2.23) 3 200 208 13.1 13.1 8
2 in. SS
43.4 (1102)
30 (762)
55 (25)
300
PF503034' s, a 50 (3.2) 3.00 (2.23) 3 460 480 5.3 5.3 8
2 in. SS
40.0 (1016)
31 (787)
55 (25)
300
PF505012 sATI 50 (3.2) 5.00 (3.73) 1 230 240 26.2 26.4 13
2 in. SS
65.4 (1661)
55 (1397)
64 (29)
300
PF505032 sATI 50 (3.2) 5.00 (3.73) 3 230 240 16.5 16.5 13
2 in. SS
59.3 (1506)
49 (1245)
64 (29)
300
PF751012 75 (4.7) 1.00 (0.75) 1 230 240 9.9 10.0 3
2 in. SS
27.0 (686)
27 (686)
34 (15)
100
PF751512 75 (4.7) 1.50 (1.11) 1 230 240 12.1 12.3 4
2 in. SS
33.4 (848)
30 (762)
44 (20)
100
1 GFP = glass -filled polypropylene; SS = stainless steel. The 1 M-in. NPT GFP discharge is 2 718 in. octagonal across flats;
the 1 M-in. NPT
SS discharge is 2 1B
in. octagonal across flats; and the 2-in.
NPT SS discharge is 2 718 in. hexagonal across flats. Discharge is female NPT threaded, U.S. nominal size, to accommodate Orenco° discharge hose and valve assemblies. Consult
your Orenco Distributor
about fittings to connect hose and valve assemblies to metric -sized piping.
2 Minimum liquid level is for single pumps when installed in an Orenco Biotube° Pump vault or Universal Flow Inducer. In other applications,
minimum liquid level should be top of pump.
Consult Orenco for
more information.
3 Weight includes carton and 10-ft (3-m) cord.
4 High pressure discharge assembly required.
5 Do not use cam -lock option (0) on discharge assembly.
6 Custom discharge assembly required for these pumps. Contact Orenco.
7 Capacitor pack (sold separately or installed in a custom control panel) required for this pump. Contact Orenco.
8 Torque locks are available for all pumps, and are supplied with 3-hp and 5-hp pumps.
Materials of Construction
Discharge Glass -filled polypropylene or stainless steel
Discharge bearing Engineered thermoplastic (PEEK)
Diffusers Glass -filled PPO (Noryl GFN3)
Impellers Celcon° acetal copolymer on 10-, 20, and 30-gpm models; 50-gpm impellers are Noryl GFN3
Intake screen Polypropylene
Suction connection Stainless steel
Drive shaft 7/16 inch hexagonal stainless steel, 300 series
Coupling Sintered stainless steel, 300 series
Shell Stainless steel, 300 series
Motor Franklin motor exterior constructed of stainless steel. Motor filled with deionized water and propylene glycol for constant lubrication. Hermetically
sealed motor housing ensures moisture -free windings. All thrust absorbed by Kingsbury -type thrust bearing. Rated for continuous
duty. Single-
phase motors and 200 and 230 V 3-phase motors equipped with surge arrestors for added
security. Single-phase
motors through 1.5 hp
(1.11 kq have built-in thermal overload protection, which trips at 203-221' F
(95-105' C).
Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
NTD-PU-PF-1
Rev. 5.0, ® 03/17
Page 3 of 5

Using a Pump Curve
A pump curve helps you determine the best pump for your system. Pump curves shove the relationship between flow and pressure (total dynamic
head, or TDH), providing a graphical representation of a pump's optimal performance range. Pumps perform best at their nominal flow rate. These
graphs shove optimal pump operation ranges with a solid line and shove flow rates outside of these ranges with a dashed line. For the most accurate
pump specification, use Orenco's PumpSelectTl software.
Pump Curves
800
700
as
c 600
500
a
400
v
300
a 200
I�
100
PF10 Series, 60 Hz, 0.5 - 2.0 hp
PF1020
PF1010
PF1007
PF1005
PF1005-FC
w/1/4" flow
controller
160
140
as
c 120
0 100
a
80
v
60
a 40
I�
20
0L
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 0 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm) Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)
I I I I I I I
PF15 Series, 60 Hz, 0.3 h
400
350
c 300
=
250
a
200
Cs
150
100
50
0
900
800
c 700
= 600
O
a 500
Cs 400
a
200
100
0
1
1
1
1
PF3050
PF20
Series,
60
Hz,
0.5
-1.5
hp
PF30
Series,
60
Hz,
0.5
- 5.0
hp
PF2015
PF2010
.........
PF3030
................
PF3020
PF2005
......
PF3010
..................
............
pF3005
0 5
Flow
10
in
15
gallons
20
per
25
minute
30
(gpm)
35
40
0 5
Flow
10
in
15
gallons
20
25
per
minute
30
35
(gpm)
40
45
NTD-PU-PF-1 Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, ® 03/17
Page 4 of 5

Pump Curves, cont.
450
PF5050
30
r,�����
„
0000001
M66J■■■■II
NEEMENE1
2MEEN®:
NIMBI
�
0L
0
PF50 Series, 60
IV LV JV YV VV VV I VV JV
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)
100
90
as
80
c
70
O
60
Ica
50
v
40
J
a 30
c 20
10�
00
L
PF75 Series, 60 Hz,1.0 -1.5 hp
I zu 3u 4U ou ou lu ou W IUU
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)
Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-PU-PF-1
Rev. 5.0, ® 03/17
Page 5 of 5

Universal Flow Inducer
Applications General
Orenco's Universal Flow Inducer houses any Orenco high -head efflu- To specify this product, require the following:
ent pump in applications where filtration is not necessary. The base . Class 125 4-in. (nominal) PVC pipe body
rests on the bottom of the tank, and the mounting flange is epoxied
to a PVC riser. The flow inducer can be lengthened or shortened to fit • Injection -molded ABS mounting flange
any tank. The tee, which holds the mounting flange and float assembly • Injection -molded holster for float tree
bracket, slides to any position along the flow inducer. A float assembly . Ability to accommodate flows as great as 65 glom (4.1 L/sec)
(ordered separately) snaps into the bracket. Applications include:
• Pump tanks Standard Model
• Disinfection systems
• Effluent reuse systems UFI-4
• Cisterns
Materials of Construction
Mounting flange
(fits 3-in. pipe)
4-in. flow induc
Fiberglass ba
Flow inducer
Class 125 PVC
Mounting flange
Injection -molded ABS
Base
Fiberglass -reinforced polyester
Specifications
Sliding tee
Dimensions
Float assembly
Flow inducer diameter
4" nominal
bracket
Height
72" (1828 mm)
(can be lengthened or shortened)
Shipping weight
13 lb (5.9 kg)
Float assembly (ordered
separately)
Mounting
bracket epoxied
Discharge assembly
to PVC riser
-----
Float assembly
1 3/8-in. (35-mm)
High -head
inlet holes
pump
`Typical installation in concrete pump tank. Use screws to secure mounting bracket to riser while
epoxy cures.
Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-UFI-1
Rev. 2.0, ® 03/17
Page 1 of 1

Control Panel and Rain Sensor

RAIN SENSOR
SINGLE
CONDUIT
(no splices)
CONDUIT
SUPPORT
RISER OR
CORRUGATED
PIPE
COVER CONDUIT ``0i
MINIMUM 1891
TO PUMP TANK
TO POWER SOURCE
INSTALL
MULTIPLE
CONDUITS AS
NEEDED
N.T.S
4X6 TREATED POST
MOUNT PANEL
CONTROL DIRECTLY TO POSTS
PANEL OR TO ALUMINUM PLATE
0000 (GRIND OFF PROTRUDING
O SCREWS)
2X4 TREATED - SECURE
WITH 4 - 3" DECK SCREWS
PER POST
GRAVEL
TO HEADWORKS
ALL CONDUIT
TO BE 3/4 " (min)
3' BURIAL DEPTH
MINIMUM

VeriCommO AX20B Control Panels
Applications
VeriComm° AX20B remote telemetry control panels are used in
AdvanTex° AX20 Treatment Systems with two pumps for timed recir-
culation and pump discharge. Coupled with the web -based VeriComm
Monitoring System, these affordable control panels give the ability to
remotely monitor and control treatment system operation, with real-
time efficiency to wastewater system operators and maintenance
organizations, while remaining invisible to the homeowner. AX20B
panels allow remote operators to change system parameters, includ-
ing timer settings, from the web interface. Interlocked controls prevent
recirculation pump operation if there is a high-level alarm on the dis-
charge side.
Typical AX20B VeriComm® Control Panel
Standard Models: VCOMAX20B1, VC0MAX20B2
Features, cont.
Advanced Control Logic
• Activates system diagnostics in the event of a float failure or malfunc-
tion and maintains normal system operation until servicing can occur
Communication and Alarm Management
• Provides remote telemetry and a web -based monitoring applica-
tion for communication and alarm management (see VeriComm
Monitoring System, NTD-CP-VCOM-1)
• Updates point values (including timer settings) and queued changes
during each host communication session
• Contacts with host monthly; more frequently during alarm conditions
Multiple Communication Methods
• Call -In to VeriComm° Host (phone line or optional high speed internet)
— Signals critical fault conditions that require immediate attention
(e.g., pump failure) through automatic alarm notifications
— Signals less -critical fault conditions (e.g., stuck float switch) through
automatic alert notifications and triggers the panel's troubleshooting
logic and alternative operating mode
— Sends updates through automatic update notifications, including
alarm updates or all -clear notifications following alarms/alerts, as
well as normally scheduled monthly panel reports
—Allows manual, forced communication from panel to host for updat-
ing point values and receipt of queued changes
• Real -Time, Manual Direct Panel Connection
—Allows a local operator real-time access to detailed logged data
and the ability to change point values through direct connection via
RS-232 serial port from a laptop or Android° device with optional
Bluetooth° kit
VeriComm AX20B1 SA UV IB PT RG Allows a local operator to initiate an auto -answer mode in real-time
Features (IP Upgrade Kit is required if Internet line is used) Ito access detailed logged data and the ability to change point val-
ues via direct, forced communication at the site
Three Operating Modes
• "Start -Up Mode" collects trend data and establishes operating stan-
dards during the first 30 days of operation
• "Normal Mode" manages day-to-day functions
• "Test Mode" suspends data collection and alarm reporting during
installation and service
Data Collection and Utilization
• Compiles data logs of system conditions and events such as pump
run times, pump cycles, and alarm conditions
Troubleshooting and Diagnostic Logic
• Reports suspected component failures, which then trigger alarms
Open -architecture software with password security is used during
real-time, manual connections. Orenco offers BT-VCOM software as an
option, but VeriComm panels require no proprietary software. VT100
protocol allows access and control from a Mac or PC computer using a
simple communication program (e.g., Windows° HyperTerminal), with
multilevel password protection ensuring that only qualified personnel can
access the panel's data.
Status Light Indicators
— Flashing green LED for normal operation
—Yellow LEDs for status of digital inputs
— Red LEDs for status of digital outputs and modem activity
UL-recognized and FCC -approved
For more information, try our online demo at www. vericomm.net (no password required).
Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-CP-VCOM-3
Rev. 2.0, ® 06/18
Page 1 of 2

Standard Components
v
Feature
Specifications
1. VeriComm° Remote
Telemetry Unit`
ATRTU-100: 36/18 VAC (center tap transformer); 8 digital inputs, 4 analog inputs, 4 digital outputs, 0 analog outputs,
on -board modem (2400 baud); LED input and output indicators; 1-year battery backup of data and program settings
2. Motor -Start Contactors
120 V, 16 FLA, 1 hp (0.75 kW), 60 hz; 2.5 million cycles at FLA (5 million at 50% of FLA)
240 V, 16 FLA, 3 hp (2.24 kW), 60 hz; 2.5 million cycles at FLA (5 million at 50% of FLA)
3. Toggle Switch
Single -pole, single -throw, momentary manual switch; 20 A, 3/4 hp (0.75 kW)
4. Controls Circuit Breaker
10 A, OFF/ON switch; single -pole 120 V; DIN rail mounting with thermal magnetic tripping characteristics (240 V units are
available for international markets)
5. Pump Circuit Breaker
20 A, OFF/ON switch; single -pole 120 V or double -pole 240 V; DIN rail mounting with thermal magnetic tripping characteristics
6. Fuse
250 VAC, 1 A
7. Transformer
120 VAC primary, 36 VCT @ 0.85 A secondary
8. Audible Alarm
95 dB at 24 in. (610 mm), warble -tone sound
9. Visual Alarm
7/8-in. (22-mm) diameter red lens; "Push -to -silence;" ILL Type 4X rated, 1 W LED light, 120 V
10. Panel Enclosure
Measures 13.51 in. high x 11.29 in. wide x 5.58 in. deep (343 x 287 x 135 mm). ILL Type 4X rated. Constructed of
UV -resistant fiberglass; hinges and latch are stainless steel.
`See VeriComm° Monitoring System (NTD-CP-VCOM 1) for details.
Optional Components
Feature
Specification(s) Product Code Adder
Pump Run Lights
7/8-in. (22-mm) diameter green lens. ILL Type 4X rated, 1 W LED light, 120 V PRL
Heater
Anti -condensation heater; self-adjusting: radiates additional wattage as temperature drops HT
Programmable Timer
Discharge pump timed dosing PT
UV Disinfection Compatibility
UV grounded power circuit and alarm contacts; pump disable upon UV failure UV
Additional options available on a custom basis. Contact Orenco Controls for more information
NTD-UNCOM-3 Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 2.0, ® 06/18
Page 2 of 2

Float Switch Assemblies °a
Orenco Systems"
Incorporated
1-800-348-9843
Installation, Operation and Maintenance Instructions
Model MF
Installation Instructions
The float switch assembly is typically mounted in the screened pump vault or effluent screen inside of a septic or dosing tank.
The assembly is detachable without removal of the screened pump vault or effluent screen. A typical float switch assembly is
shown below.
Step 1:
Each float cable is provided with a color marker. This marker indicates the
function of the float. Make sure that your float cable color markers corre-
spond with the wiring diagram provided. If the wiring diagram does not
match your float cable marker colors, contact Orenco Systems® Inc. or
your local dealer for assistance.
Step 2:
To check for proper float switch operation, move each switch up and down
and check for interference. Remove the assembly from its holding bracket
by snapping it out of the holding bracket.
0
Float function
color marker
Float stem
Adjustable float
collar
Stainless steel
set screw
1
Float
© 2003 Orenco Systems' Inc.
NIN-MF-MF-1
Rev. 2.0, © 11/04
Page 1 of 4

Installation Instructions (continued)
E
Step 3:
If any float interferes with another, the float may be adjusted by loosening
the stainless steel set screw provided in the float collar. Using a phillips
screwdriver, slowly back the screw out of the collar to a point at which the
collar may be adjusted. Be careful not to back the screw completely out of
the collar. Carefully rotate the collar on the stem until the float switches can
move freely past one another. Tighten the stainless steel set screw and
recheck.
Warning: Be careful not to alter the the tether lengths of any of the floats.
Alteration of the tether length may affect proper operation of the float
switch assembly.
Step 4:
Check the float settings with the project plans and specifications. If the set-
tings need to be adjusted, loosen the set screw as described in step 3.
Adjust the float switches to the desired level and tighten the set screw.
Make sure float level settings do not violate any state or local regulations.
Note: The float stem provided is the maximum length possible without
interfering with the pump minimum liquid level or screened pump vault
intake ports. Never lengthen the float stem without prior approval from
Orenco. Lengthening of the float stem will void the warranty.
Step 5:
Replace the float switch assembly in the holding bracket. Make sure the
assembly snaps fully into the bracket.
Step 6:
To allow for easy removal of a float switch assembly, a 1" diameter handle
may be added to the top of the float switch assembly. Measure the distance
from the top of the float switch assembly up to about one foot from grade
level. Cut a 1" diameter PVC pipe to the measured length and glue it into the
handle.
NIN-MF-MF-1
Rev. 2.0, © 11/04
Page 2 of 4
© 2003 Orenco Systems' Inc.

Installation Instructions (continued)
Step 7:
When used with an Orenco electrical splice box:
Push the level control wires through the watertight cord grips into the
electrical splice box. Leave an adequate length of electrical cable coiled
inside the riser to allow for easy removal of the pump and float switch
assembly. Do not remove the colored markers or the paper tags from the
float cables, and do not try to thread the markers and tag through the
cord grip. Tighten the cord grips by hand, not by tool, then test the tight-
ness of the cord grips by tugging on each cable. A cable is secure when
the cord grip is tight enough to prevent slippage. Adequate lengths of
cable should be left within the splice box to allow easy removal for future
disconnecting and resplicing.
Note: See the splice box instructions (E/N-SB-SB-1) and
corresponding splice box diagram for connection instructions.
M
© 2003 Orenco Systems' Inc. NIN-MF-MF-1
Rev. 2.0, © 11/04
Page 3 of 4

!�f
Maintenance Instructions °a
Orenco Sytems'
Incorporated s
1.800-348-9843
During the annual inspection, follow the testing procedures provided to ensure that the system is operating properly. If a float is
found to be faulty, either during the annual inspection or during troubleshooting after an alarm condition, see the section below
titled Removing and Replacing Inoperative Floats.
Removing and Replacing Inoperative Floats
Important. Before doing any work either on the wiring to the level control floats and pump in the vault or in the pump control
panel, switch the circuit breakers in the panel to their "OFF" positions; then switch off the power to the system at the service
entrance panel.
1. Remove the float assembly from the vault.
2. Using a Phillips screwdriver, remove the stainless steel screws from the splice box lid, being careful not to drop the screws
into the tank. If the splice box was submerged, or if there is a crack in the conduit, there may be water in the splice box. If
this is the case, remove water from the splice box with a syringe, sponge, or other appropriate method. Loosen the cord grip
at the splice box and verify the appropriate splice for the float. Unscrew the wire nuts and remove the float.
3. Remove the inoperative float and replace it with a new one. Push the float cable through the watertight cord grip into the
electrical splice box. Leave an adequate length of electrical cord coiled inside the riser to allow for easy removal of the float
assembly. Do not remove the colored markers or the paper tags from the float cords, and do not try to thread the markers and
tag through the cord grip. Tighten the cord grip byhand, notbytool, then test the tightness of the cord grip by tugging on the
cord. A cord is secure when the cord grip is tight enough to prevent slippage. An adequate length of cord should be left
within the splice box to allow for easy removal for future disconnecting and resplicing.
4. Refer to document EIN-SB-SB-1 for instructions to splice the float wire to the wire from the control panel. Attach the float
wires using the waterproof wire nuts. It is necessary to replace this wire nut with a new watertight wire nut. Always use
watertight wire nuts or heat shrink splice kits for all connections!
5. Replace the float and collar and return the assembly to the pump vault.
6. Reconnect power and test the unit.
NIN-MF-MF-1 © 2003 Orenco Systems' Inc.
Rev. 2.0, © 11/04
Page 4 of 4

Float Switch Assemblies
Applications
Float switches are used to signal liquid level positions for alarm and
pump control applications. Orenco float switch assemblies can be
mounted in pump vaults, effluent screens, pump basins, and risers.
On------
tX
0
0
Set poin
0
Float stem
The "On" and "Off" positions describe normally open floats.
For normally closed floats, the functions are reversed.
Materials of Construction
Float housing Impact -resistant, noncorrosive PVC plastic for use in liquids
up to 1400 F (600 C)
Float cord,
P and N models
Flexible 2-conductor (UL, CSA) SJOOW; Super Vu-Tron°
Supreme, yellow
Float cord,
All other models
Flexible 2-conductor (UL, CSA) SJOW; water-resistant
(CPE); neoprene coating
Float collar
ABS
General
All models listed are UL listed and CSA certified for use in water or sew-
age. Non -mercury float switches (models B, C, N, and P) are used where
components containing mercury are prohibited.
Float switches are typically ordered in assemblies that include one or
more switches mounted on a 1-inch PVC float stem. ABS float collars
are used to provide secure mounting that is easily adjustable.
Normally -open T" float switches have a blue cap for easy identifica-
tion; normally -closed "N" float switches have a red cap. T" and "N"
model float switches use Super Vu-Tron° electrical cords for superior
chemical and water resistance.
Float Models
Standard Models Pump Tank: P (x3)
B, C, G, N, P
MF
❑❑'❑
❑ord length option:
Blank = 10 R (3 m), standard
20 = 20 R (6 m)
30 = 30 ft (9 m)
50 = 50 ft(15 m)
Application:
FS = field set
FTL = elbow -style (base -inlet filters only)
PB = pump basin
V = pump vault (standard float settings)
STEP = Standard float settings for STEP
STEPRO = Standard float settings for STEP with redundant off
SVCOM = Standard float settings for VCOM simplex
Float stem length:
Blank = no float stem (floats and collars only)
19, 21, 27, 33, 37, 39, 45, 51, 57, 66 = stem length, in.
5,11 = stem length, in. (for elbow -style float brackets)
Float switch models (listed in order from the top of the float stem down):
B,C,G,N,P
Number of float switches (when using multiples of the same float switch model):
Blank = no multiples of the same float switch model
Float switch assembly
Product Code Diagram
When ordering float switch assemblies, remember to list float switches
from the top of the float stem down. An "MFPBN-" nomenclature indi-
cates one T" switch at the top of the stem, one "B" in the middle of
the stem, and one "N" switch at the bottom of the stem; an "MF2PN-"
indicates ?" switches at the top and middle of the stem, and one "N"
switch at the bottom of the stem.
Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-MF-MF-1
Rev. 3.0, ® 03/17
Page 1 of 2

Signal- and Motor -Rated Float Switch Matrix
X I Y I Drawdoww
Signal -rated mechanical floats4 (for control switch applications)
P Modela
Normally open
Mechanical
Yes
n/a
n/a
n/a
2.00 in.
1.50 in.
0.50 in.
2.00 in.
N Modela
Normally closed
Mechanical
Yes
n/a
n/a
n/a
2.00 in.
1.50 in.
0.50 in.
2.00 in.
Motor -rated floats4 (for pump switch applications)
B Model
Normally open
Mechanical
No
120V
13A
1/2 hp
2.00 in.'
2.50 in.
1.50 in.
4.00 in.
240V
13A
1 hp
3.00 in.
3.00 in.
1.50 in.
4.50 in.
4.00 in.
3.25 in.
1.50 in.
4.75 in.
C Model
Normally open
Mechanical
No
120V
13A
1/2 hp
2.00 in.
3.00 in.
2.50 in.
5.50 in.
240V
15A
2 hp
3.00 in.'
3.50 in.
3.00 in.
6.50 in.
4.00 in.
4.00 in.
3.50 in.
7.50 in.
5.00 in.
4.50 in.
4.00 in.
8.50 in.
6.00 in.
5.25 in.
4.25 in.
9.50 in.
G Model
Normally open
Mercury
Yes
120V
15A
3/4 hp
2.00 in.
1.50 in.
3.00 in.
4.50 in.
240V
15A
2 hp
3.00 in.'
1.75 in.
3.00 in.
4.75 in.
4.00 in.
2.00 in.
3.50 in.
5.50 in.
a. Suitable for use with VCOM and MVP.
b. Standard tether length
Notes
State: normally open or normally closed
The default state of a float normally open or normally closed refers to the contact
positions in the float when the float is resting (down). Float switches have an internal contact.
The terms "normally open" (N/0) and "normally closed" (N/C) refer to the state of the float
switch contact in the down position. A normally open float switch has an open contact (of) in
the down position and a normally closed float switch has a closed contact (on) in the down
position. Different panel functions require different types of float switches. Most applications
require float switches that are normally open. One notable exception is the redundant off and
low-level alarm function that requires a normally closed float switch, except with MVP and
VCOM panels.
2IR (intrinsically safe relay)
Approved for use with intrinsically safe, Class 1, Division 1 applications, where reliable float
switch operation with very low current is required.
Drawdown
Drawdown (in inches) refers to the difference in liquid level between a float switch's activation
and deactivation points. Drawdown can be altered by adjusting the tether length of the float
switch cord. When selecting float switches, keep in mind that any float switch that can directly
start and stop a pump (one that has no motor contactor in the control panel) should have a
drawdown capability, to avoid rapid cycling of the pump.
' Signal -rated or motor -rated
Every float has a maximum amount of current it can handle. Exceeding these limits may cause
premature failure. Signal rated or "control" floats are used to activate pump control panels
and alarms. Only low amperage signals pass through these float switches, hence the float
switch is "signal -rated. "All Orenco panels that use motor contactors can use signal -rated float
switches. In some systems, a float switch is used to directly start and stop a pump. In this
application, the current that is running the pump passes through the float switch as well, and
the float switch must be "motor -rated. "In most instances, a motor rated float switch can be
used as a signal float switch.
NTD-MF-MF-1 Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 3.0, ® 03/17
Page 2 of 2

MINI-CLICK--HV
H1111term)
The Irrigation Innovators
here's nothing more embarrassing —or more
wasteful or costly —than an irrigation system
that runs when it doesn't have to ... in the rain.
Mini-Clik° provides the simplest, most effective way
to prevent sprinklers from coming on during or after
precipitation. It easily installs on any automatic irrigation
system, then shuts sprinklers off in a storm and keeps
them off, automatically compensating for the amount
of rainfall that occurred. Disks absorb water and expand
proportionally to the amount of rain that fell (e.g., a
Mini-Clik Rain Sensor
small cloudburst would result in little absorption, a
6" thunderstorm would lead to more absorption and
expansion). As the moisture -laden disks expand, they
eventually activate a switch that interrupts the circuit from
the controller to the valves. Once dry, they contract and
release the switch. Thus, Mini-Clik
o V F
automatically resets without ever
Q ti
affecting your controller. There's no
WATER
better way to ensure that a system
isn't watering when it isn't necessary.
Easily installs on any automatic
irrigation system
Versatile enough to work with all
popular controllers
*'
Patented mechanism cannot be fouled
by dirt or debris
i
Reliable operation, no false shutdowns
Adjusts to actuate at various
kjw000�
rainfall quantities
Set from Y8' to 1" based upon your
local conditions
Includes 25 feet of 20 gauge two
conductor wire
Fast and easy mounting out of sight
5-year warranty
Your guarantee of dependable operation
Why You Should Ask for a
Genuine Mini-Clik Sensor:
Adding the patented Mini-Clik
sensor to your system's irrigation
controller is the easy way to make
system operation truly automatic. By
interrupting programmed watering
during rainyperiods, the Mini-Clik
can save thousands ofgallons of
water each season. Unlike other rain
sensors, the Mini-Clik is accurate, reli-
able, and proven effective in lowering
your water usage.

Models
Mini-Clik° Rain Sensors
MINI-CLIK— standard Min i-Clik model
MINI-CLIK-HV -code approved for liquid tight electrical
All Mini-Clik rain sensors are UL Listed and available in three different models to
fittings for 120 or 240 volt wiring applications
accommodate your particular wiring needs.
MINI-CLIK-C—'/2" female threaded inlet at bottom
MINI-CLIK
MINI-CLIK-NO — normally open switch
The standard Mini-Clik model, for use in most appli-
MINI-CLIK-C-NO —'/2" female threaded inlet at bottom,
cations. Constructed of high impact thermoplastic
normally open switch
and aluminum. Simple click -stop settings accurately
Dimensions
measure rainfall in quantities of %8"to I " Reset rate
Height:5 inches
is adjustable.
Length: MINI-CLIK:6 inches
Model: MINI-CLIK
MINI-CLIK-HV:7'/2 inches
MINI-CLIK-C
Features a % "female threaded inlet at the bottom
Operating Specifications
to accommodate any type of conduit to enclose
Switch Rating: 5 amps, at 125/250VAC (MINI-CLIK
L
wire. Electrical PVC orplumbing PVCpipe can
and MINI-CLIK-C)
Wiring: MINI-CLIK and MIN I-CLIK-C: Typically
I++ be used with this unit since it is intended for24 volt
interrupts the common ground wire between the
11 applications.
solenoid valves and the controller
Model: MINI-CLIK-C
MINI-CLIK-HV: For use with high voltage irrigation
MINI-CLIK-HV
systems, and systems using pumps drawing less
Adds in code approved liquid -tight electrical fittings
than 10 amps peak
for 120 or240 volt wiring applications. Also includes
MINI-CLIK-NO: for use with controllers that require
a normally open sensor switch
i 18 inches of 16 AWG installation wire. Integral
Included:25 ft. of#20 two conductor wire, two
bracket with supplied electrical fittings and conduit.
mounting screws, controller identification label,
Ready to mount on any standard junction box.
and detailed instructions
Model: MINI-CLIK-HV
By compensating for the effects of natural
rainfall, the Mini-Cliksaves water and
typically pays for itself in just one season.
�ATION GUIDE'
EXAMPLE MINI-CLIK - HV
T
MODEL OPTIONS
MINI-CLIK HV=High Voltage Model for 110/220VAC Applications
C = Conduit Mount
NO = Normally Open Switch
Note: For Mini-CliIP in SensorGuard enclosure, specify SG -MC.
To add Bypass Switch Box to any non -Hunter controller
installation, specify BPSW with sensor. Bypass switch function
is standard in all Hunter controllers.
Bypass Switch Box: Give Any Automatic Controller's Remote
Sensors the Capability to Bypass
It's the easy way to put a system in the manual
mode as would be needed during servicing and
troubleshooting operations. Featuring a compact,
heavy-duty switch mechanism, the Bypass Switch
Box mounts quickly and easily with its no -strip
wire connectors and supplied adhesive tape.
Mini -Weather Station: Control
System Operation with Sensors for 1'
Wind, Rain, and Temperature
With the Hunter Mini -weather Station you get
each of Hunter's three different sensor devices in one
single convenient unit. The Mini-Clik rain sensor shuts
sprinklers off in a storm and keeps them off, automat-
ically compensating for the amount of rainfall that
occurred. The Freeze-Cliko prevents system activation
by automatically stopping the flow of water when
outdoor temperatures drop near freezing. The Wind-
Clik°shuts off systems during periods of high wind,
i fia,; S..:.h
�..ry
lodel: BPSW
ffII id 4
_J�
Model: MWS-FR
then automatically resets the system when conditions are more favorable. Easy to
mount (it attaches to your controller with just two wires) and easy to use, the Mini -
Weather Station takes all the guesswork out of when you shouldn't water. A
Hunter Industries Incorporated • The Irrigation Innovators
1940 Diamond Street • San Marcos, California 92078 • TEL: [phone] • FAX: [phone] © 2006 Hunter Industries Incorporated
www.Hunterindustries.com P/N 700592 LIT-277 3/06

Mini-Clik Rain Sensors
Installation Instructions
on the controller,
disconnect it. Attach one
wire of the Mini-Clik to the
"common" terminal
(usually marked "C) on
the controller. Attach the
other wire of the Mini-Clik
to the common wire
leading to the valves.
Note: The common wire
to the valves does not
have to be interrupted
at the controller. The
Mini-Clik maybe wired
anywhere along the
common wire line.
B. 24 Volt Solenoid Valves
with Booster Pump (See
Figure 4)
Locate the common wire
to the solenoid valves and
the common wire leading
to the coil of the relay that
starts the pump. If these
two wires are connected
to the "common" terminal
on the controller,
disconnect both of them.
Twist together these two
wires along with one wire
from the Mini-Clik, and
secure with a wire nut.
Attach the other wire of
the Mini-Clik to the
"common" terminal on the
controller. Note: The pump
circuit output must be 24
Volts in this situation. Do
not proceed if 110V.
C. Special Instructions for
Mini-Clik-HV (See Figures
5 and 6)
The two taped and
stripped wires are the
ones to be used when
following these accompa-
nying diagrams. The third
wire should be terminated
with a wire nut (not sup-
plied). All wire connec-
tions with the Mini-Clik
should be made with wire
nuts and located in a
junction box.
Where the timer is
controlling a pump, the
relay may be inside the
timer, external or non-
existent. If there is no
relay in the circuit, one
must be added. The
wiring for an internal or
external relay is the same:
the Mini-Clik breaks the
circuit to the coil of the
relay only. Either wire of
the coil may be broken.
Operation Check to Verify
Correct Wiring
Turn on one zone of the
irrigation system that is
visible while you are in reach
of the Mini-Clik. Manually
Mini-Clik Controller
C 1 2 3 4
0 S Q
a
0
Third Normally -
Open Lead
Solenoid
Common Wire to 10 Valves
All Valves
Figure 3
Controller Mini-Clik
Pump
orMV C 1 2 3 4
0(2)0(7)
tTerminate
Line -In
Normally -
Open Relay
Solenoid
Common Valves
Wire to All
Valves
Line -Out (to Pump)
Figure 4
Mini-Clik-HV
Controller
110V
110V Switched
Input Input
a4� I
110V Line
Terminate
110V
Solenoid
Valves
Figure 5
depress the spindle at the top of the Mini-Clik until you hear the switch "click"
off. The sprinkler zone should stop instantaneously. If it does not, check wiring
for correctness. It is not necessary to "wet" test the Mini-Clik, although it will test
the operation fine, if desired.
Figure 7
1 /8 1 /4
1 /2 3/4
1
Vent RingVent
The Mini-Clik can keep the irrigation system from
starting or continuing after rainfall quantities of 1/8",
1/4", 1/2", 3/4" or 1". To adjust it to the desired shut-
off quantity, rotate the cap on the switch housing
so that the pins are located in the proper slots (see
Figure 7). Do not forcibly twist the cap as this might
break the pins.
The time that it takes the Mini-Clik to reset for
normal sprinkler operation after the rain has
stopped is determined by weather conditions (wind,
sunlight, humidity, etc.) These conditions will
determine how fast the hygroscopic discs dry out,
and since the turf is also experiencing the same
conditions, their respective drying rates will roughly parallel each other. So when
the turf needs more water, the Mini-Clik is already reset to allow the sprinkler
system to go at the next scheduled cycle.
There is an adjustment capability on the Mini-Clik that will slow down the reset
rate. By turning the "vent ring" (see Figure 7) to completely or partially cover the
ventilation holes, the hygroscopic discs will dry more slowly. This adjustment can
compensate for an 'overly sunny" installation location, or peculiar soil conditions.
Experience will best determine the ideal vent setting.
The Hunter ICC and SRC controllers are equipped with a built-in bypass that
allows you to override an active sensor. For controllers not equipped with this
feature, should you desire to bypass the operation of the Mini-Clik for any reason
(i.e., turn on your system even though the Mini-Clik has shut "off" due to rainfall),
there are two simple ways to do this. The first is to add our Bypass Switch Box.
This mounts on or next to the controller, and by simply moving the switch, the
Mini-Clik is bypassed. The second method is to go to the Mini-Clik and raise the
"cap" a couple of settings higher or completely remove it. This takes the pressure
off the switch button, which allows the valve circuit to close again.
Note: Using the "manual"switch on non -Hunter controllers typically will not
bypass the sensor.
There is no required maintenance for the unit. The Mini-Clik does not have to be
removed or covered for "winterizing" purposes.
Troubleshooting
Follow these simple checks first before assuming the unit is bad and replacing it.
System will not come on at all:
A. First, check to see that the Mini-Clik discs are dry and the switch "clicks" on
and off freely by pressing the top of the spindle.
B. Next, look for breaks in the wire leading to the Mini-Clik and check all wire
junctions.
C. Finally, if the Mini-Clik is dry and the wire leading to it is good, check the Mini-
Clik switch by nicking the insulation of the two "outer" wires near the unit to
expose copper. Turn one sprinkler zone on, and apply a "jumper wire" across
the two exposed wires. If the sprinkler now comes on, the switch is bad. Wrap
all nicked wires with electrical tape.
System will not shut off even after heavy rainfall:
A. Check wiring for correctness (see "Operation Check to Verify Correct Wiring").
B. Check sensitivity setting on Mini-Clik — move cap to more sensitive setting.
The Mini-Clik is an accurate rain gauge and can be verified by setting up a
"tube" type rain gauge in the same vicinity and making periodic readings.
C. Is the rainfall actually hitting the Mini-Clik? Check for obstructions to rainfall
such as overhangs, trees or walls.
All Mini-Clik models are listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL). Samples of these devices have
been evaluated by ILL and meet the applicable ILL standards for safety.

Nuiderc
Mini-Clik Rain Sensors
Installation Instructions
In most installations, the Mini-Clik acts as a switch to break the circuit to the
solenoid valves of the irrigation system when it has rained. This allows the timer
to advance as scheduled, but keeps the valves from opening the water flow.
Once the Mini-Clik has dried sufficiently, the switch closes again to allow for
normal operation.
The Mini-Clik has three blue wires coming out of it. Two are connected to a 25
foot extension, and the third center one is left disconnected. This center blue
wire is the "normally open" lead of the switch and is not used in most installations.
The remaining two extension wires are colored (one "silver" tinned, the other
natural copper); however, in the following instructions it will not matter which
wire is connected at a given junction.
For the Model Mini-Clik-C: This rain sensor unit is the same as the standard
model except for the lack of an aluminum mounting bracket and the addition of
a 1/2" threaded cap, which allows for the easy use of electrical conduit to totally
enclose the wires. Unless local code states otherwise, plumbing grade PVC pipe
can be used as well as electrical grade conduit.
For the Model Mini-Clik-HV: This rain sensor unit is designed to be used
with automatic irrigation systems of two principle designs: 1) single -station
electrical timer (e.g., Intermatic) that switches power to a pump, either directly
or through a relay; or 2) single -station electrical timer that switches power to a
solenoid valve.
Standard Model:
Using the screws
provided, mount the Mini-
Clik on any surface
where it will be exposed
to unobstructed rainfall,
but not in the path of
sprinkler spray. The
switch -housing portion
must be upright (as
pictured), but the swivel -
bracket can be moved for
mounting on any angled
surface. Loosen the
locknut and screw before
swiveling bracket, and
then re -tighten.
For the Conduit Model
Mini-Clik-C:
The conduit acts as the
mounting support for the
unit. Therefore, place
and mount the conduit
to allow for the desired
sensor location as
described in the main
instructions for the
standard model. Be sure
to support the conduit
sufficiently along its
various lengths.
For the High -Voltage
Model Mini-Clik-HV:
The mounting of this unit is primarily made by screwing the fitting end into the
threaded holes of covers to rectangular junction boxes (for outdoor use) or the
covers of round junction boxes commonly used for outdoor spotlights. Locate
the junction box so that with the Mini-Clik attached, unobstructed rainfall will hit
the outermost sensing end of the unit. If a longer reach is needed, the "Carlon"
flexible conduit piece can be substituted with a slightly longer piece (up to 8"
length with no support or up to 11" with support).
Helpful hints for mounting:
A. When looking for a suitable location such as on the side of a building or post,
the closer the Mini-Clik is to the controller, the shorter the wire run will be.
This will also minimize the chance for wire breaks.
B. The ideal location for mounting is not always the most practical location. In
the case where a compromise must exist (such as low location on a side wall
rather than the preferred high location), note that the Mini-Clik will still work
as it will always receive some rainfall — it just will not be as accurate in its
gauging as it could be.
C. As described in the "Operation" section of this manual, "reset rate" refers to
the amount of time it takes the Mini-Clik to dry out sufficiently for the sprinkler
system to be allowed to come back on. The mounting location will affect this
rate and should be taken into consideration should extreme conditions exist.
For example, mounting the Mini-Clik on a very sunny, southern end of a
building may cause the Mini-Clik to dry out sooner than desired. Similarly,
mounting on the northern end of a building with constant shade may keep the
Mini-Clik from drying soon enough.
Once the Mini-Clik is mounted, run the wire to the controller, and fasten it every
few feet with wire clips or stapled for best results. If an extension to the wire
provided is needed, use the following table to determine the minimum wire
gauge needed:
If the extension needed is: 25-50 ft. 50-100 ft. 100 ft. or more
use: 20 AWG 18 AWG 16 AWG
Important: The Standard Model Mini-Clik is sold and designed for hook up to 24
Volt irrigation controllers only. For wiring to 110V or 220V irrigation controllers,
please consult your distributor or this factory. All wiring must conform to National
Electrical Code or applicable local codes.
For the Model Mini-Clik-C: WARNING! This unit is designed to be installed in
conjunction with 24VAC circuits only. Do not use with 110 or 220VAC circuits.
For the Model Mini-Clik-HV: WARNING! This unit must be installed by a qualified
electrician in accordance with National Electrical Code and applicable local
codes. The electrical rating of this device is 125-250VAC at 10.1 amps. Do not
let current pass through this
device that exceeds this
rating. Do not install directly
in line with any pump.
Wiring to the Hunter SRC
The Mini-Clik connects
directly to the SRC. This
allows you to easily override
the sensor by using the RUN
(BYPASS SENSOR) position
on the dial.
1. Route the wires from the
Mini-Clik up through the
same opening used for
valve wiring.
2. Connect one wire to the
RS terminal and other
to the C terminal (See
Figure 1).
3. Connect the valve common
to the RS terminal.
Wiring to the Hunter ICC
The Mini-Clik connects
directly to the ICC. This
allows you to easily override
the sensor by using the
Sensor switch on the front
panel.
1. Remove the jumper from
the two "SEN" terminals.
2. Route the wires from the
rain sensor up through the
same conduit opening
used for valve wiring.
3. Connect one wire to the
terminal labeled "SEN"
and the other wire to the
other "SEN" terminal (See
Figure 2).
Hunter SRC
Connect Common to
this Terminal when
Mini-Clik
using Rain Sensor
t Rain
Wires to
Two Terminals
3 4
JATh
Solenoid
Valves
Figure 1
Mini-Clik Hunter ICC
C
0 P MV
o SEN
o SEN
e TEST
Third Normally -
Open Lead
(Do Not Use)
Figure 2
Other Controllers
The two most common situations are shown below. For non-standard wiring
situations, please consult your distributor or request our "Non-standard"
wiring information packet.
A. 24 Volt Solenoid Valves Only (No booster pump) (See Figure 3)
With the two wires from the Mini-Clik at the controller, locate the "common
ground" wire of the solenoid valves. If it is connected to the common terminal
Hunter Industries Incorporated • The Irrigation Innovators © 2011 Hunter Industries Incorporated
1940 Diamond Street • San Marcos, California 92078 • U.S.A. • TEL: [phone] • FAX [phone] LIT--31S RevA 5/11
www.hunterindustries.com

Spray Field Components

Rain bIrd 1 /2"
impact Sprinkler
1 "Brass Shut —Off
Valve
1 " Galvanized
Steel Pipe
4"x4" Treated Pas
36" burial (min)
Supports
Ll�llii I �I
Concrete
Collar
(Symbd On
Drawing)
•
Sprinkler Characteristics
Part #20JH SBN1
Sprinkler Size 7/64"
Nozzle Size 112"
Sprinkler Radius 38' (approx.)
Operating Pressure 35 psi
Operating nowrate 2.05 gpm
Drain Valve (DV) Characteristics
Part #16A FDV 075
Connection: 112" male threaded
Check Valve (CV) Characteristics
Part # CVS10
4'0" Spring style check valve
Connection: 1 ' slip
Minimum opening pressure 5 psi.
8,9
CV
_ MIN. COVER
0
DV
2' MIN. 6 O
length,
1 "SCH40 PVC
D �
1 cu.ft. gravel
with filter fabric
Galvanized
Elbow, fipt
Supply
Line

Akl*�Bzea
20J H
1/2"(13mm) Full Circle, Brass Impact
Sprinkler
• Durable brass die-cast arm
• Stainless steel springs and fulcrum pin
• Corrosion and grit resistant
Features
Chemically resistant PTFE washers
Benefits
• Spoon drive arm runs on larger nozzles
and higher pressures
• Built to last
• Five-year Customer Satisfaction Policy
Specifications
• Bearing:1/2" 03mm) Male NPT, Brass
• Trajectory Angle: 23'
• Operating Range: 35-60 psi (2.4-4.1 bar)
• Flow Rate: 2.05-5.47 gpm (0.47-1.24 m3/h)
• Radius:38-44 ft. (11.6-13.4 meters)
• Nozzle Port:1/8"Female NPT
Sprinkler Only
Sprinkler without Nozzle A05840
Assembled Sprinkler/Nozzle
Factory Combination
Sprinkler with Nozzle
SBN-1 7/64`
A0584107
Sprinkler with Nozzle
SBN-1 im,
A0584108
Straight
Bore Nozzle
(SBN-1)
Performance*
NOZZLE SIZE (Stream Height:6ft.)
7/64"
1/8"
9/64"
5/32"
psi @
Rad.
Flow
Rad.
Flow
Rad.
Flow
Rad.
Flow
Nozzle
(ft.)
(gpm)
(ft.)
(gpm)
(ft.)
(gpm)
(ft.)
(gpm)
35
38
2.05
38
2.68
39
3.39
39
4.19
40
38
2.19
39
2.86
40
3.62
39
4.47
45
39
2.32
39
3.03
40
3.84
40
4.73
50
39
2.45
39
3.20
40
4.05
40
5.00
55
39
2.57
40
3.35
40
4.24
40
5.23
60
1 39
2.68
1 40
3.50
41
4.43
1 41
5.47
Impact Sprinklers
1/2" (13mm) Full Circle
Straight
Bore
Nozzle with Vane (SBN-1 V)*
NOZZLE SIZE (Stream Height: 7ft.)
1/8"
9/64"
5/32"
psi @
Flow
Rad.
Flow
Rad.
Flow
Nozzle.)
rRad.
(gpm)
(ft.)
(gpm)
(ft.)
(gpm)
35
2.68
41
3.39
42
4.19
40
2.86
41
3.62
42
4.47
45
40
3.03
42
3.84
42
4.73
50
41
3.20
42
4.05
43
5.00
55
41
3.35
43
4.24
43
5.23
60
41
3.50
43
4.43
44
5.47
Straight
Bore Nozzle (SBN-1)
Performance*
NOZZLE SIZE
METRIC
(Stream Height: 1.8m)
2.78 mm
3.18
mm
3.57 mm
3.97 mm
(7/64")
(1/8-)
(9/64")
(5/32')
bar@
Rad.
Flow Flow
Rad.
Flow
Flow
Rad. Flow
Flow
Rad. Flow
Flow
Nozzle
(m)
(1/s) (m'/h)
(m)
(1/s)
(m'/h)
(m) (1/s)
(m'/h)
(m) (1/s)
(m'/h)
2A
11.6
0.13 0.47
11.7
0.17
0.61
12.0 0.21
0.77
12.0 0.26
0.95
2.5
11.6
0.13 0.47
11.8
0.17
0.62
12.1 0.22
0.78
12.0 0.27
0.97
3.0
11.8
0.14 0.52
12.0
0.19
0.68
12.2 0.24
0.86
121 0.29
.
1.06
3.5
11.9
0.16 0.56
12.1
0.20
0.73
12.3 0.26
0.93
12.3 0.32
1.14
4.0
12.0
0.17 0.60
12.2
0.22
0.78
12.4 0.27
0.99
12.4 0.34
1.22
4.1
12.0
0.17 0.61
12.2
0.22
0.79
12.5 0.28
1.01
12.5 0.35
1.24
Straight
Bore Nozzle with Vane (SBN-1 V)* METRIC
NOZZLE SIZE (Stream Height:2.1m)
3.18 mm
3.57 mm
3.97 mm
(1/8-)
(9/64")
(5/32')
bar@
Rad. Flow Flow
Rad. Flow Flow
Rad. Flow Flow
Nozzle
(m) (1/s) (m'/h)
(m) (1/s) (m'/h)
(m) (1/s) (m'/h)
2A
12.0 0.17 0.61
12.5 0.21 0.77
12.8 0.26 0.95
2.5
12.1 0.17 0.62
12.5 0.22 0.78
12.8 0.27 0.97
3.0
12.3 0.19 0.68
12.8 0.24 0.86
13.0 0.29 1.06
3.5
12.5 0.20 0.73
13.0 0.26 0.93
13.1 0.32 1.14
4.0
12.5 0.22 0.78
13.2 0.27 0.99
13.3 0.34 1.22
4.1
1 12.5 0.22 0.79
1 13.3 0.28 1.01
1 13.4 0.35 1.24
* Available without Nozzle or Assembled with either
a 7/64' (07) or 1/8' (08) Straight Bore Nozzle.
All other Nozzles must be purchased separately.
See Chart below.
Nozzle Only
XX=Nozzle
Size
Brass Straight SBNA 105780-XX
07
08
09 10
Bore Nozzle
Brass Straight Bore SBN 1 V 106160-XX
-
08
09
10
Nozzle with Vane
Bold nozzle size number denotes the most common nozzle choice.

Rain Bird - Landscape Irrigation: Products: Filtered Drain Valve
Page 1 of 1
RAIX�BIRO
Filtered Drain Valve
Primary Applications:
Evacuate lateral lines after each irrigation cycle to reduce damage
caused by freezing.
Features and Benefits:
■ Automatically drains pipes to prevent freezing damage.
■ Plastic perforated cap screens out large particles.
■ Dispersion pad filters out small particles.
Models:
■ 16A-FDV: 1/2" (15/21) male threaded inlet
■ 16A-FDV-075: 3/4" (20/27) male threaded inlet
Specifications:
More
■ Pressure: Up to 125 psi (8,5 Bars)
■ Flow: 1 GPM (0,23 m3/h; 0,06 I/s) maximum rate before
sealing
■ Average opening pressure when installed vertically: 2.5 psi
(0,2 Bars)
■ Average closing pressure when installed vertically: 5.5 psi
(0,4 Bars)
■ Diameter: 1 3/8" (3,5 cm), Length: 1" (2,5 cm)
Copyright © 1996-2010, Rain Bird Corporation.
Filtered Drain Valve
16-FDV-075
http://www.rainbird.com/landscape/products/valves/filtered_drain.htm 1/28/2010

Spring Check Valve
CV-S-10
Spring Check Valve "" Required minimum opening
jpressure - 5 psi""
Spring Check Valve Description: II
The spring check valve is used to prevent backflow and
siphoning. The'/z pound stainless steel spring maintains
a positive seal, even when no back pressure is present.
Minimum of 2 psi required to open the valve.
Spring Check Valve
Spring Check
Model No.
Inlet/Outlet Size (FPT or
socket)
Length
(inches)
Height
(inches)
Max Temp
CV-S-05
0.5"
4.13"
2.22"
1400
CV-S-10
1.0"
5.25"
2.88"
1400
CV- S-15
1.5"
5.9"
3.89"
1400
CV-S-20
2.0"
7.0"
4.29"
1400
Spring Check Specifications
Thermoplastic Spring check valves shall be constructed from
PVC Type 1, cell class 12454 material conforming to ASTM
D-1784. Seals shall be EPDM. Valves shall have socket end
connections for solvent weld. All Spring check valves shall
be pressure rated at 150 psi at 73 degrees E All spring check
valves shall require 2 psi to open.
Spring Check Installation
Connection - FIPT slip connections. Install in a box for easy
access. It is recommended that these check valves be installed
no closer than 10 pipe diameters from a pump and no closer
than 5 pipe diameters from an elbow.
Spring Check
Maximum Pressure Rating at Given Temperature
150
125
100
v
75
v
50
a
x 25
0 80 90 100 110 120 130 140
Temperature ( degrees F)
95 56

Irrigation Headworks Components

z
O
s3
0
c
f
0
a
Cl)
m
m
c
5� 3
,o
Nc.
so=
moo
r
oa
N
of
y r
�
x �
O
m
O
O
P)
�rnF
\V
co
�M
W
y
m
\V
N
n
a
5
m
V
•A
o �
fl
aa�
x
� 9 3
I
rx
n
�
f
m<
U
0
� oa
m
O
F
Z
V I

Fence Detail

35'x48" CCA
Treated Post
3.5%6.5' CCA
Treated Post
Tao} a" Staple ,� ' _ i _ s d
ted double
brace y�lre
20
�12.5 Gauge
am: q0 Aluminized Steel
Fence Wire
Ground surface
3.5"x6.5' CCA
Treated Post HORIZONTAL LINE/END DETAIL
Tyrist stick
7UU�Notch
and/°r
spike/toenail
ALL BRACE & ANCHOR POSTS
NOTE: Four strands are recommended for the
perimeter fence. At a minimum, 2 strands must be
installed_ Fence Wire shall not be stapled to trees
3.5%6,5' CCA
HORIZONTAL CORNER BRACE DETAIL
Corner angle g0' or less

Appendix I
Engineering Calculations
- System Design
- Elevation Determinations
- Buoyancy Calculations
o Septic Tank, Treatment Unit, Pump Tank
- Recirculation Pump Calculations
- Working Volume & Storage Calculations
- Pollutant Loading
- Sprayfield Design
o Field Flow, Pump Calculations
- SFR Loading Rate Workbook
'``,tl ll, I I I I (q,j/,
9L HCA P
......
ai t s s lob,
SFr jq. a
SEA = C-CS19
024582
y G lk,
�

Wastewater Treatment System Design Calculations
PROJECT: Rogers Residence WWTS
Location: 3093 Baptist Road, Durham, NC 27703
County: Durham
PIN: 0872-80-79-3534
Dailv Flow Estimate
# of Units
Units
Flow/Unit
(gpd/unit)
I Flow/Day (gpd)
3
BDR
1 120
360
360 gpd
TOTAL DAILY FLOW (Q) =
Septic Tank Volume/Size (based on AdvanTex Innovative Approval)
Flow (GPD)
Min. Volume (gal)
1,000
1,500
2,000
2,500
3,750
5,000
6,250
7,500
500
501 - 600
601 - 750
751 - 1000
1001 - 1500
1501 - 2000
2001 - 2500
2501 - 3000
Required Minimum Tank Size = 1,000 gal.
(per AdvanTex Approval)
TANK SIZE PROVIDED = 1,250 gal.
RECIRCULATION TANK & POD SIZING
mec►rcu►at►ng ►an►c ana roa vo►umeizo►ze (pasea on maximum aa►►y now estimate)
For Single Family Residences with 6 bedrooms or less,
# Bedrooms
Daily Design Flow
AX Units
4 or less
<480 gpd
1-AX-20 or 1-AX-20-RT
5
600 gpd
AX 25-RT
6
720 gpd
2-AX-20
Daily flow = 360 gpd
AX Unit Required = AX 20-RT
AX Unit Specified = AX 20-RT UV
** Recirculation tank is integral to the AX 20-RT Unit.
PUMP TANK SIZING
TANK SELECTION
Shoaf Precast 3,500 gallon Non -Traffic Rated Pump Tank
Model PT-2105 MS Non -Traffic

Elevation Calculations
PROJECT: Rogers Residence WWTS
Location: 3093 Baptist Road, Durham, NC 27703
County: Durham
PIN: 0872-80-79-3534
Elevation Determination Sheet (All Elevations in Feet)
Septic Tank
AdvanTex RT Pod
Pump Tank
Drainline Invert EL at house (assumed)
355.50 ft
Pipe Length from ST outlet
7.00 ft
Pipe Slope to Pump Tank
1.00%
Pipe Length to Septic Tank
30.00 ft
Pipe Slope from ST to Pod
3.32%
Pipe Length
16.00 ft
Slope of Pipe to Septic Tank
4.44%
Ground Surface at Pod
355.75 ft
Elevation at Inlet Invert
352.48 ft
Ground Surface at Septic Tank
356.00 ft
Exposed Height of Pod
2.00 in
Distance to Inlet Invert From Exterior Top
3.00 in
Cover over Septic Tank
12.00 in
0.17 ft
(inlet located in riser)
0.25 ft
1.00 ft
Elevation at top of Pod
355.92 ft
Elevation at top of Pump Tank
352.23 ft
Elevation at top of Septic Tank (Exterior)
355.00 ft
Extension Collar Height
0 in
Ground Surface at Pump Tank
355.00 ft
Distance to Inlet invert from top
0.83 ft
0.000 ft
Cover over Pump Tank
33.21 in
Elevation at Inlet invert
354.17 ft
Distance to Inlet invert from top
2.15 ft
2.77 ft
Distance to Outlet invert from Top
1.00 ft
Elevation at Inlet invert
353.77 ft
External Tank Height
6.42 ft
Elevation at Outlet Invert
354.00 ft
Distance to Outlet Invert from top
3.27 ft
Exterior Bottom of Tank EL
345.82 ft
External Height of Septic Tank
5.13 ft
Elevation at Outlet Invert
352.64 ft
Tank Bottom Thickness
3.5 in
External Bottom of Tank Elevation
349.88 ft
Height of Pod
72.00 in
Elevation at Tank Floor
346.11 ft
Gravel Bed Thickness
6.00 in
(with Extension)
6.00 ft
Elevation at pump (-6" off floor)
346.61 ft
Bottom of Excavation Elevation
349.38 ft
Exterior Elevation at Pod Bottom
349.92 ft
Gravel Bed Thickness
6 in
Pod Bottom Thickness
0.21 in
Bottom of Excavation Elevation
345.32 ft
Interior Elevation of Pod Floor
349.93 ft
Gravel Bed Thickness
6 in
Bottom of Excavation Elevation
349.42 ft
Riser Heights (approx)
AdvanTex RT Pod Float Settings
Pump Tank Float Settings
Septic Tank 1.50 ft
Height from
Height from
18.00 in
Elev. (ft) Tank Floor (in)
Elev. (ft) Tank Floor (in)
Pump Tank 3.27 ft
Low Water/Redundant Off
352.27 28
Low Water/Redundant Off
348.02
23
39.21 in
Pump Override
353.35 41
Timer Enable
348.44
28
*cut pump tank riser to 40 in (3 ft & 4 in)
High Water Alarm
353.48 42.5
Peak Enable/High Water Alarm
350.94
58

Septic Tank Buoyancy Calculation
Project: Rogers Residence WWTS
Location: 3093 Baptist Road, Durham, NC 27703
County: Durham
PIN: 0872-80-79-3534
Tank Size (nominal) = 1,250 gallons
Min. liquid level to be maintained in tank at all times after initial installation.
Assume groundwater table is equal to or higher than top of tank.
(Buoyancy is the same as long as water table is higher than top of tank.)
Effluent Density = 62.4 Ib/ft^3 (Specific Weight of Water)
Concrete Density = 142.56 Ib/ft^3
Soil Cover Over Tank = 1.00 ft. (minimum)
l anK ulmenslons
Soil Bulk Density = 1.25 (typical value)
Exterior
Length =
10.50 ft.
Width =
5.50 ft.
Total Tank Depth =
5.13 ft.
Permanent Liquid Depth in Tank =
Area of Riser Openings =
Tank Weight (est.) _
0 in.
0.00 ft.
6.28 ft^2
Interior
10.00 ft.
5.00 ft.
11,000 lb. (based on manufacturer
3uoyancy Force Calculation:
3uoyancy Force = Specific Weight of Water x Displaced Volume
Buoyancy Force = 18,468 lb.
Weiaht Calculation
Tank Weight =
11,000 lb
Water Weight in Tank =
0 lb
Soil Weight Over Tank =
4,015 lb
Soil Tension Force =
4,058 lb
Total Weight =
19,073 lb
Factor of Safety Against Buo anc =
1.03
Note: Total weight must be greater than buoyancy force
so that tank will not float during high water table conditions.

AdvanTex RT Pod Buoyancy Calculation
Project: Rogers Residence WWTS
Location: 3093 Baptist Road, Durham, NC 27703
County: Durham
PIN: 0872-80-79-3534
RT Model = AX20 Gravity
All calculations are performed assuming completely submerged conditions, with no liquid in the unit.
Effluent Density = 62.4 Ib/ft^3 (Specific Weight of Water)
Net Beam Density = 67.55 Ib/ft^3
Net Soil Density = 67.6 Ib/ft^3
Unit Weight = 883 lb (based on manufacturer)
dauasr cvaivarnon (Inn-duoyancy deam):
Depth from top of beam to tank bottom =
3.00 in
Tank exposure length =
2.00 in
Burial depth to beam =
5.58 ft
Width of beam =
0.69 ft
8.25 in
Buoyancy Force Calculation:
Buoyancy Force = 12,475 lb (based on manufacturer)
Weight Calculation
Tank Weight =
883 lb
Soil Weight on Beam =
12,780 lb
Weight of Beam =
129.2 lb
Total Weight =
13,792 lb
Factor of Safety Against Buoyancy =
1.11
Note: Total weight must be greater than buoyancy force
so that tank will not float during high water table conditions.

Pump Tank Buoyancy Calculation
Project: Rogers Residence WWTS
Location: 3093 Baptist Road, Durham, NC 27703
County: Durham
PIN: 0872-80-79-3534
Tank Size (nominal) = 3,000 gallons
Min. liquid level to be maintained in tank at all times after initial installation.
Assume groundwater table is equal to or higher than top of tank.
(Buoyancy is the same as long as water table is higher than top of tank.)
Effluent Density = 62.4 Ib/ft^3 (Specific Weight of Water)
Concrete Density = 142.56 Ib/ft^3
Soil Cover Over Tank = 2.00 ft. (minimum)
l anK ulmenslons
Soil Bulk Density = 1.25 (typical value)
Exterior
Length =
12.50 ft.
Width =
6.50 ft.
Total Tank Depth =
6.42 ft.
Permanent Liquid Depth in Tank =
Area of Riser Openings =
Tank Weight (est.) _
0 in.
0.00 ft.
9.42 ft^2
Interior
12.00 ft.
6.00 ft.
17,320 lb. (based on manufacture
3uoyancy Force Calculation:
3uoyancy Force = Specific Weight of Water x Displaced Volume
Buoyancy Force = 32,533 lb.
Weiaht Calculation
Tank Weight =
17,320 lb
Water Weight in Tank =
0 lb
Soil Weight Over Tank =
11,205 lb
Soil Tension Force =
7,555 lb
Total Weight =
36,080 lb
Factor of Safety Against Buoyancy =
1.11
Note: Total weight must be greater than buoyancy force
so that tank will not float during high water table conditions.

Recirculation Pump Calculation
PROJECT: Rogers Residence WWTS
Location: 3093 Baptist Road, Durham, NC 27703
County: Durham
PIN: 0872-80-79-3534
Timer Settings
Required Doses/Day
96
Recirculation Ratio
2.5 :1
Design Flow (Q)
360 gpd
Flow to Pod
900 gpd
Flow to ST
356 gpd
Pump Flow
1,256 gpd
Dose Volume to Pod
9.4 gallons
# of Pumps 1
Pod Flowrate 12 gpm
Return Flowrate 4.75 gpm
Pump Flowrate 16.75 gpm
# of Cycles/day 96
Cycle Volume 13.1 gallons
Cycle Run time 0.78 min
Cycle Off Time 14.22 min
Friction Losses
Suction Head =
0 ft. (submersible = 0)
Elev. Difference (highest point from pump) =
5.00 ft.
Design Pressure At Outlet =
6.93 ft.
Line Length =
26 ft. 1.0" Schedule 40 PVC
Line Loss/100 ft =
1.53 ft/100 ft.
Friction Loss - Line =
0.40 ft.
SUB -TOTAL =
12.33 ft.
Friction Loss - Fittings 5% =
0.62 ft.
TOTAL =
12.94 ft.
Pump Efficiency = 0.7 (assumed, typical)
Motor Efficiency = 0.9 (assumed for electric pumps)
Flow = 16.75 gpm
Required Horsepower = 0.1 hp
TDH = 12.94 ft.
Reciic, Pump Selection
Manufacturer: Orenco
Model: PF30051 1
Horsepower: 1/2
PF30 Series, 60 Hz, 0.5 - 5.0
Operating Point
I I I I I" I I I 1- I
1 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)

Working Volume & Storage Time Estimate
PROJECT: Rogers Residence WWTS
Location: 3093 Baptist Road, Durham, NC 27703
County: Durham
PIN: 0872-80-79-3534
Working Volume Needed: 1,800 gal.
Dose Volume = 180 gal.
Pump/Storage Tank Information
Tank Size (nominal) = 3,000 gallon
Number of Tanks = 1
Interior Dimensions:
Length =
12.50 ft.
Width =
6.00 ft.
Total Tank Depth =
5.75 ft. (Interior)
Permanent Liquid Depth in Tank =
23 in.
(from pump manufacturer)
1.92 ft.
High Water Alarm Level =
58 in. (Inlet located in Riser)
(from interior Tank floor)
4.83 ft.
Working Volume & Storage Time
Working Volume = 2,021.7 gal.
Estimated Storage Time in Tank = 5.62 days
Note: Storage time must be greater than 5 days for single family residences
or greater than/equal to the storage time required by the water balance
for commercial or community systems.

Pollutant Loading Calculation
PROJECT: Rogers Residence WWTS
Location: 3093 Baptist Road, Durham, NC 27703
County: Durham
PIN: 0872-80-79-3534
Advantex Treatment System
Final
Influent
Septic Tank
Pod UV Disinfection
Concentration
Parameter
mg/I
% Removal
mg/I
% Removal mg/I % Removal
mg/I
mg/1
Biochemical Oxygen Demand
350
50%
175
94%
10 -
10
10
Total Suspended Solids
200
50%
100
90%
10 -
10
10
Ammonia Nitrogen
100
25%
75
94%
4.5 -
4.5
4.5
Nitrate Nitrogen
<1.0
0%
0
0%
28.5 -
28.5
29
Nitrite Nitrogen
<1.0
0%
0
-
<1.0 -
<1.0
1
Total Nitrogen
110
25%
82.5
60%
33 -
33
33
Total Phosphorus
20
50%
10
0%
10 -
10
10
Fecal Coliforms (cfu/100ml)
>106
106
1000000 99.999%
10
10

PROJECT: Rogers Residence WWTS
Location: 3093 Baptist Road, Durham, NC 27703
County: Durham
SPRAY FIELD LOADING
Loading Rates From Soil Scientist-
Rate/Hour = 0.200 in/hr
Rate/Week = 0.242 in/week
Rate/Year = 12.59 in/yr
Daily Wastewater Flow = 360 gpd
Area Req. from Soil Scientist = 16,741 s.f.
0.38 ac.
# of Zones = 1
Zone
Zonel
# of Spray Heads
6
Zone Flowrate (gpm)
12.30
Zone Sprayfield Area (ft)
17,668
Zone Preciptation Rate (in/hr)
0.067
Zone Dose (gallons/dose)
180
mesa ►nrormanon:
SprayHead Size = Rainbird 7/64"
Nozzle Type = 20JH 7/64" Straight Bore Nozzle (SBN-1)
Nozzle Pressure = 35 psi
Nozzle Flow @ Pressure = 2.05 gpm/head
Number of Sprayheads = 6
►nrormat►on:
Pump Run Time = 29.3 min/day/zone
0.49 hours/day/zone
Desired # Doses/Day = 2
Pump Run Time/Dose = 14.6 min/dose
0.24 hr/dose
Dosage Volume (max) = 180 gallons
Actual Application Rate Information Based on Wetted Area PROVIDED
Total System Flowrate 12.30 gpm (total of all zones)
Total Wetted Area Provided 17,668 s.f. (based on sprayhead overlap)
0.41 ac.
Rate/Hour = 0.067 in/hr (should be < 0.200 in/hr)
Rate/Week = 0.229 in/week (should be < 0.242 in/week)
Rate/Year = 11.90 in/yr (should be < 12.59 in/yr)

Irrigation Pump Calculation
PROJECT: Rogers Residence WWTS
Location: 3093 Baptist Road, Durham, NC 27703
County: Durham
ZONE DESIGN - SINGLE ZONE
Elevation Difference (pump to highest point):
Ground Elev. @ Highest Spray Head = 355.00 ft.
Elev. @ Pump = 346.6 ft.
Total Elevation Head = 8.4 ft.
Pressure Required At Spray Heads = 35 psi
80.85 ft
Nozzle Flowrate = 2.05 gpm
Suction Head = 0 ft.
(submersible = 0)
Line Friction Losses (annrox. )
Line Segment 1
# Heads Supplied By This Portion of Line =
6
Pipe Diameter (ID) = 1.5 in.
Flow = 12.30 gpm
Pipe Length = 270 ft.
Velocity = 2.23 ft/sec
Est. Friction Loss per 100' =
1.43 ft/100 ft.
Estimated Friction Loss =
3.85 ft.
Summary of Head Calculation
Suction Lift
0.00 ft.
Nozzle Pressure
80.85 ft.
Elevation Difference
8.39 ft.
Line Segment 1
3.85 ft.
Spin Filter
4.16 ft. 1.5" Filter
Flowmeter
12.71 ft. 1.0" Flowmeter
Subtotal
109.96 ft.
Fittings (5% of SubTotal) = 5.50 ft.
Total Dynamic Head = 115.45 ft.
Zone 1 Design Summary
TDH = 115.45 ft.
Flow = 12.30 gpm

Irrigation Pump Calculation
PROJECT: Rogers Residence WWTS
Location: 3093 Baptist Road, Durham, NC 27703
County: Durham
Supply Flow to Spray Field = 12.30 gpm
Return Flow to Septic Tank = 1.845 gpm
Pump Design Summary
TDH = 115.45 ft.
Flow = 14.15 gpm
H1111
350
Cb
Cb
cz 300
zz
ey
250
Ka
200
150
NO
4s!
50
Irrigation Pump Selection
Manufacturer: Orenco Systems
Model: PF 2005 1 1
Horsepower: 1/2
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)
Operating
Point

Project Name: Rogers Residence WWTS
Facility Address: 3093 Baptist Road
Durham, NC 27703
County: Durham
Prepared by: Kevin Davidson
Project Design Flow = 360 gal/day
# of Bedrooms
Required Flow
2 bedrooms
240 gal/day
3 bedrooms
360 gal/day
4 bedrooms
480 gal/day
5 bedrooms
600 gal/day
6 bedrooms
720 gal/day
SFR-LRW 9-08

Project Name: Rogers Residence WWTS
Location of Temperature Data: Raleigh Ap (317069)
Starting Year of Data Record: 1991
Ending Year of Data Record: 2020
Period of Record (years): 30
Source of Data: State Climate Office of North Carolina
Site Latitude (degrees) 36.01 within range
Calculated PET: 34.44 inches
Mean Monthly
Temperature
(degrees F)
Daylight
Hours 112
Heat Index
Calculated
PET
(inches)
January
41.6
0.86
1.10
0.29
February
44.7
0.85
1.68
0.46
March
51.5
1.03
3.23
1.18
April
60.5
1.09
5.73
2.40
May
68.6
1.22
8.35
4.09
June
76.4
1.22
11.22
5.72
July
80.2
1.24
12.70
6.68
August
78.5
1.16
12.01
5.91
September
72.3
1.03
9.67
4.09
October
61.4
0.97
6.01
2.24
November
51.2
0.85
3.15
0.95
December
44.3
0.84
1.61
0.44
Total =
76.46
34.44
SFR-LRW 9-08

Project Name: Rogers Residence WWTS
Location of Precipitation Data: Raleigh Ap (317069)
Starting Year of Data Record: 1991
Ending Year of Data Record: 2020
Period of Record (years): 30
Source of Data: State Climate Office of North Carolina
80th Percentile Annual Precipitation: 50.34
Total =
Mean
Monthly
Precipitation
% of Mean
Annual
Precipitation
80th
Percentile
Monthly
Precipitation
3.42
7.80
3.92
2.78
6.32
3.18
4.10
9.33
4.70
3.53
8.03
4.04
3.38
7.69
3.87
3.70
8.43
4.24
4.88
11.10
5.59
4.23
9.62
4.84
4.27
9.73
4.90
2.93
6.68
3.36
3.32
7.56
3.81
3.39
7.72
3.89
43.92
100.00
50.34
SFR-LRW 9-08

Project Name:
Rogers Residence WWTS
Annual Hydraulic
Design Flow =
360 gal/day Loading Rate = 11.93 inch/yr
SFR Loading Rate Group:
B
Limiting Soil Ksat =
0.048 inch/hour Irrigation Area = 17,668 square ft
Drainage Coefficient =
0.047 = 0.40559 acres
Drainage Rate = 0.054457344 inchiday (Formula: Ksat ' Drainage Coefficient ' 24)
Number of
Days in the
Month
PET
(inlmo)
Vertical
Drainage
(inlmo)
80th Percentile
Monthly
Precipitation
(inlmo)
Maximum
Allowable
Irrigation
(inlmo)
Maximum
Allowable
Irrigation
(gallonsiday)
Maximum
Allowable
Irrigation
(gallonsimonth)
January
31
0.29
1.69
3.92
0.00
0
0
February
28
0.46
1.52
3.18
0.00
0
0
March
31
1.18
1.69
4.70
0.00
0
0
April
30
2.40
1.63
4.04
0.00
0
0
May
31
4.09
1.69
3.87
1.90
675
20,938
June
30
5.72
1.63
4.24
3.11
1,142
34,272
July
31
6.68
1.69
5.59
2.78
986
30,575
August
31
5.91
1.69
4.84
2.75
977
30,291
September
30
4.09
1.63
4.90
0.82
302
9,069
October
31
2.24
1.69
3.36
0.57
202
6,256
November
30
0.95
1.63
3.81
0.00
0
0
December
31
0.44
1.69
3.89
0.00
0
0
TOTAL = 365 34.44 19.88 50.34 11.93 4285.31 131,400
Formulas: (Max. Allowable Irrigation) = (PET) + (Drainage) - (Precipitation)
SFR Loading Rate
Table
SFR
Maximum Annual
Geometric Mean
Loading
Loading Rate
Ksat Range
Rate
(in/yr)
(in/hr)
Group
Low - High
Low - High
SFR-A
26.0 - 50.0
>0.05
SFR-B
19.5 - 26.0
0.015 - 0.05
SFR-C
13.0 - 19.5
0.003 - 0.015
SFR-D
0.0 - 13.0
0.0 - 0.003
Assignment to a SFR Loading Rate Group for each 15A NCAC 02T .0600
permit application shall be determined by the geometric mean of insitu
saturated hydrualic conductivity data collected in the most restrictive
horizon for each soil mapping unit within the irrigation area.
Required Flow
2 bedrooms
240 gal/day
87,600 gal/yr
3 bedrooms
360 gal/day
131,400 gal/yr
4 bedrooms
480 gal/day
175,200 gal/yr
5 bedrooms
600 gal/day
219,000 gal/yr
6 bedrooms
1 720 gal/day
1 262,800 gal/yr
Maximum allowable
irrigation: 131,400 gal/yr
The Maximum Allowable Irrigation number must be
greater than or equal to the required flow.
SFR-LRW 9-08

Appendix J
Site Map

Z'
/
xAgri-Waste
ComBoundary,
WsB � 5 ' � j/�/ ', - u r Review Boundary -�j �%i; �
Waste Boundaryi � ��� � � ' �
�,..Durham,
�
Usable Soils Area � � �� � �� ' '� — _ � ;, i�u ; i ���li � /,l �, I I ,\ _� ` \`\� � __\ \
Square Hatching024582
\\I
✓ VI� ��/� � )� J I�I�I� I \.\.\ \\ �\\\\\.
10
Ct
0
W L or
15
Soils BI�J.
o Aso a o
� Fees
i
Avvr
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 9 sle com501
Rogers
Residence
G T
Karina Rogers
1313 Ct,
WN 63
925-895-7002
Property
3093 Baptist Rd.
NC 27703
FH 0872803-.5.,
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
�s
-
NOT RELEASFINAL ED FORiGN:iRI1ClI0N
�
FE'r �Sim DATE DESCRIPTIONJ
SHEET TSH ITLE
AP
DRAWN BY:
Banks
CREATED
07.14.2023
eELEseo er
eeLeaseoVN
SHEET NAME.
SITE MAP

Appendix K
Operation and Maintenance Plan

Z;� 1�yj
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc. Basic System Operating Instructions
5400 Etta Burke Court, Suite 200
Raleigh, NC 27606 for
919.859.0669
www.agriwaste.com Single Family Residence Spray
Wastewater Treatment Systems
These operating instructions are intended as general guidelines and should not be
interpreted as a complete and detailed explanation of how to operate this irrigation
system. Please note that these instructions are intended as a supplement to the permit
issued by the N.C. Department of Environment and Natural Resources Non -Discharge
Permitting Unit. As a result, any requirements or items noted in the permit document
supercede any recommendations noted in these instructions.
If you are unsure of how to operate the system please contact a licensed contractor or
professional who can assist you with the operation of your system. Record the name and
contact information of an individual familiar with the operation of this system, along with
an emergency contact in the event immediate assistance is necessary.
CONTRACTOR CONTACT INFO.:
EMERGENCY CONTACT INFO. (if different from above):
1

General Maintenance Considerations
This wastewater irrigation system has been designed to operate with minimum
maintenance and oversight after the initial system start-up period. However, routine
inspections are necessary and periodic maintenance WILL BE REQUIRED both by your
permit and for successful operation of the system.
No heavy vehicles or equipment should be driven over the treatment units,
tank areas, or irrigation field.
SEPTIC TANK:
The septic tank in this system operates exactly as a septic tank associated with a
conventional septic drainfield system. The purpose of the septic tank is to remove
particles and solids from the waste stream. As a result, solids build up in the bottom of
the tank (just like a typical septic tank). Over time the solids will need to be removed
from the tank or clogging of the sand filter or pipelines may occur. In general, it is
recommended that solids be pumped from the septic tank every 3 — 5 years (depending on
how intense the usage). Private septic tank pumping contractors can do this and are
typically easily found in the white or yellow pages of the phone book.
Maintenance Schedule:
The effluent filter in the septic tank (attached to the outflow pipe) should be cleaned at
least every 3 months or per manufacturer's recommendations, whichever is more frequent
(see the manufacturer's guide on how to do this) and the tank solids should be checked
annually.
A contractor or septic system professional can clean the septic tank filter for you;
however, this task can be performed relatively easily and requires no special knowledge.
Remove the septic tank lid and remove the effluent filter (typically the filters are threaded
or snap into place). Be sure to use plastic gloves to avoid contact with the wastewater
since it could contain harmful bacteria or viruses. To clean the filter, use a garden hose
with a nozzle and spray off any debris from the filter back into the inlet side of the septic
tank. Once the filter is clean, place it back in the septic tank. Discard or disinfect the
plastic gloves using a mild bleach solution (1/2 cup Clorox or equivalent to 1 gallon
water). Replace the septic tank lid.
ADVANTEX FILTER:
The treatment component of the system is an AdvanTex media filter. Liquid from the
septic tank will flow into the pod and periodically be pumped across the filter fabric.
Wastewater will be treated in the pod and periodically be discharged. To prevent
groundwater from affecting the pod, the pod will be installed on a bed of gravel with a
concrete collar.
2

Effluent from the system should be sampled per the requirements of the system permit. If
no parameters are listed, AWT recommends sampling for the following parameters; Total
Suspended Solids (TSS), Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD5), Total Nitrogen (TN),
Ammonia -Nitrogen (NH3-N), and Fecal Coliform. If desired AWT can assist you in
collecting these samples (919-859-0669) and interpretation the results.
Maintenance Schedule:
Maintenance of this system will be conducted by a certified operator under contract with
the homeowner.
DISINFECTION — UV:
Disinfection for the system will be accomplished using a UV system. The UV light
should operate for at least one year prior to needing to be replaced. If the UV light burns
out an alarm will notify the operator. Also, the alarm light on the control panel will
illuminate. When the UV alarm is activated, the system will shut off the recirculation
pump and the system will cease to operate until the UV bulb is replaced.
Maintenance Schedule:
The UV component shall be checked weekly to ensure the alarm bulb (on control panel)
is not illuminated. The UV bulb should be cleaned on a 6 month interval. To clean the
bulb, the power to the system (UV bulb and pumps) should be turned off in the control
panel. The UV housing can then be removed using the attached handle. Once the UV
housing is clear of the riser, the quartz sleeve and bulb assembly can be removed from
the housing. While holding the base of the assembly, the quartz sleeve shall be wiped
with a clean paper towel. If scaling on the sleeve is noticed, a liquid cleaner such as CLR
can be utilized. The sleeve and bulb assembly shall be re -installed after cleaning. The
UV bulb should last in excess of one year but will be replaced as needed. It is
recommended that the homeowner (or contracted operator) maintain a back-up UV bulb
and quartz sleeve when it is time to replace the bulb. This service will be completed by
the engaged certified operator.
PUMPING SYSTEM, RAIN SENSOR & ALARMS:
The pump used for this system is a submersible pump that turns off and on based on
switches inside the pump tank. These switches toggle the pump timer on and off
depending on the effluent level inside the tank. The switches are designed such that the
pump will turn on, run for a set period of time, then shut off under normal operating
circumstances. When it has been raining, a rain sensor overrides this normal operation so
that effluent is not applied when the soil is saturated. Therefore, effluent is allowed to
build-up in the pump tank until it is dry enough to apply again. After a rainfall event, you
may notice that the pump operates more frequently. This is normal and should be
expected.
The pump is also equipped with a HIGH WATER alarm that activates when the liquid
level in the pump tank is too high. If this should occur it is important to not use any
additional water (i.e. don't flush commodes, use the washer/dishwater, take showers, etc.)
3

until the liquid level is reduced. In extreme cases, it may be necessary to contract a septic
tank pumping contractor to pump out excess liquid from the pump tank if long periods of
rain prevent land application of effluent.
The pump will wear over time and will likely need replacement every 5 — 7 years (again,
depending on usage). A licensed septic contractor should be contacted for maintenance
or replacement of the pump.
Maintenance Schedule:
The storage and pumping component shall be checked weekly to ensure the alarm bulb
(on control panel) is not illuminated. It is important to inspect the pump tank, and
components on an annual basis to ensure no solids are building up on the tank bottom, to
ensure that the pump control switches are placed properly, and to verify proper pumping
of the effluent. These activities will be handled by the engaged service provider.
SUPPLY LINE TO SPRAYFIELD:
The location of the supply line should be walked weekly to ensure that a line breakage
has not occurred. The area in which the line is buried should be monitored for any wet
spots or locations of excessive vegetation growth as these occurrences may be an
indication of a line breakage. No permanent structure shall be erected over the locations
of the Supply and Return lines. No heavy vehicles or equipment should be driven over
the Supply and Return lines.
Maintenance Schedule:
Walk location of lines weekly.
SPRAY FIELD:
The spray field should be inspected weekly to verify proper operation and to ensure
sprayheads have not become damaged. Clogged or worn sprayheads should be replaced
or, in the event of minimal obstruction, cleaned. No heavy vehicles or equipment
should be driven over the irrigation area.
Vegetation (natural vegetation or grass for this system) in the application area is critical
to the operation of the treatment system. It is important to ensure that the application
area is fully covered with vegetation at all times. In the event that some areas become
bare they should be re -seeded with vegetation similar to the existing vegetation in the
area.
Any areas requiring re -vegetation will be seeded with tall fescue. Nitrogen applications
to tall fescue can occur year-round, but should primarily occur February 1 to June 1 and
August 1 to December 1 when the crop is exhibiting peak growth (Chamblee et al., 1995;
NRCS, 2004). Phosphorus, potassium, lime and micronutrients should be applied in
concordance with rates presented in the routine soil test reports. The optimal pH range
for tall fescue is between 5.5 and 8.5 (Chamblee et al., 1995). Seeding should be done
according to Table 1 Forage Planting Guide for North Carolina found in Production and
Utilization of Pastures and Forages in North Carolina document developed by NCSU and
0

NCARS details planting recommendations. Specifically, the seeding rate should be 15-
20 lbs/ac for broadcast seeding and 10-15 lbs/ac for drill seeding. The planting depth
should be between 0.25 and 0.5 inches. The planting dates should be between early
March to mid -May or between mid -July to mid -August.
It is important to maintain the fencing around the application field in order to ensure that
access to the area is restricted. This is necessary to minimize human contact with the
treated effluent and to ensure the vegetation remains healthy.
SYSTEM OPERATION & SETTINGS
It should be noted that a contractor or other qualified professional should be contacted if
you are uncomfortable or unfamiliar with operating this system or if system
troubleshooting is necessary. In general, the following system operating parameters
should be monitored:
Clean -outs
A clean -out is located on the system just before the septic tank. If liquid backs up into
the house or the septic tank, the drainline may be clogged or the septic tank may have too
many solids in it to allow adequate flow through. A qualified contractor should be
contacted to unclog any blockages via these clean -outs. A pumping contractor should be
used to empty solids from the septic tank.
Septic Tank Effluent Filter Cleaning
The effluent filter attached to the outlet pipe of the septic tank should be cleaned every 3
months or per manufacturer's recommendations, whichever is more frequent. A
contractor or septic system professional can do this for you; however, this task can be
performed relatively easily and requires no special knowledge. Remove the septic tank
lid and remove the effluent filter (typically the filters are threaded or snap into place). Be
sure to use plastic gloves to avoid contact with the wastewater since it could contain
harmful bacteria or viruses. Depending on the filter housing, you may need to prevent
flow from leaving the tank while the filter is removed. To clean the filter, use a garden
hose with a nozzle and spray off any debris from the filter. Once the filter is clean, place
it back in the septic tank. Disinfect the plastic gloves using a mild bleach solution (1/2
cup Clorox or equivalent to 1 gallon water). Replace the septic tank lid.
Spray Field Pressure Settings
The spray system is designed to operate such that the nozzle pressure is approximately 20
psi. If you suspect the pressure is too high or low, a qualified contractor should be
contacted to make any necessary adjustments. A wetted spray radius of 35' from the
spray head shall be maintained.
Pump ON/OFF and Emergency HIGH Level Switches
The pump switches are used to control the operation of the pump. This system is
designed such that the pump is on for designated intervals set forth in the design
specifications. The pump operation is a timed dosing setup. When there is sufficient
5

liquid in the tank, the pump will operate at a specific time for a designated interval. In
periods of high water (following a rain event), the pump may operate more frequently.
An emergency high level switch is located in the pump tank that triggers an audible and
visual alarm in the event the liquid level gets too high. In this situation, the following
steps should be taken:
• Stop use of all water in the residence (to stop flow into the pump tank),
• Verify that the system has electrical power.
• Contact a qualified contractor to inspect the system (if needed)
If it has rained recently the pump may not be operating because the rain sensor is
temporarily blocking the system from operating. If this is the case then the pump will
resume operation once it is dry enough. If the pump tank is in danger of overflowing and
continued rainfall is expected, contact a septic tank pump contractor to remove a portion
of the liquid in the pump tank. The pump tank has been designed to accommodate
approximately 5 days of effluent storage under normal usage. As a result, prolonged
periods of rain may cause a back-up of effluent in the system since the rain sensor
prevents application of effluent onto the spray field.
In general, a contractor or licensed professional should be contacted under any
circumstances where you are uncomfortable in operating the system or troubleshooting a
problem. More detailed information on the installation and maintenance of specific
components of this system can be found in the manufacturer's installation and
maintenance specifications attached as part of this package. If you have difficulty finding
this information, please contact the manufacturer of the component.
31

Appendix L
Operation and Maintenance Agreement

State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
_DWR Division of Water Resources
SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENCE WASTEWATER IRRIGATION SYSTEM
Division of Water Resources OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
FORM: SFRWWIS-O&M 09-18
Permit No. WQ00 County: Durham El
Permittee: Katherine Mildred Rogers, John Cyrus Rogers,arina M. Rogers (i.e., all deeded property owners)
The Permittee agrees to operate and maintain the single-family residence wastewater treatment and irrigation system as
follows:
1. Inspect the septic tank annually, and pump out solids as needed.
2. Inspect and clean the septic tank effluent filter annually. (if applicable)
3. Inspect the tablet chlorinator weekly. Add wastewater grade chlorine tablets (e.g., calcium hypochlorite) as needed.
Swimming pool grade chlorine tablets are not acceptable. (if applicable)
4. Inspect the ultraviolet disinfection unit weekly. Clean or replace the lamps and quartz sleeves as needed. (if
applicable)
5. Inspect all storage tanks, pumps, and alarms monthly. Remove the floating scum layer in all pump/storage tanks
when pumping the septic tank solids out.
6. Inspect the spray irrigation system monthly to verify: proper operation of the spray heads; that there are no leaks;
that vegetative growth does not obstruct the spray heads; that the irrigated wastewater is not ponding in or running
off the designated irrigation area; and that there are no objectionable odors. (if applicable)
7. Inspect the drip irrigation system monthly to verify: proper operation of the drip lines; that there are no leaks; that
vegetative growth does not obstruct the drip emitters; that the irrigated wastewater is not ponding in or running off
the designated irrigation area; and that there are no objectionable odors. (if applicable)
8. Maintain a set of Division -approved engineering plans and specifications.
9. Pay the required annual fee.
10. Request renewal of this permit on Division -approved forms no later than 180 days prior to expiration.
11. Sign and provide a Change of Ownership application to any future owner of the single-family residence wastewater
treatment and irrigation system for their completion and submission to the Division of Water Resources_
We understand the above requirements and agree to these terms as part of the issued permit.
Signature:
Signature:
Signature:
Signature:
Date: 101 t
Date:
Date: 1d 3 L0 L3
Date:
All deeded property. owners shall sign this Operation and Maintenance Agreement
FORM: SFRW WIS-O&M 09-18 Page I of 1

Appendix M
County Health Department Denial Letter

ill
Public Health
July 24, 2023
Re: Application for improvement permit for. Karina Rogers (owner) Jessi Banks (applicant)
Property site: 3093 Baptist Rd, Durham, NC 27703
Parcel ID: 193976 Environmental Health Division file number: 398040
Dear Karina Rogers,
The Durham County Department of Public Health, Environmental Health Division on 07/20/2023
evaluated the above referenced property at the site designated on the plat/site plan that
accompanied your improvement permit application. According to your application the site is
to serve a 3 bedroom residence with a design wastewater flow of 360 gallons per day.
The evaluation was done in accordance with the laws and rules governing wastewater systems in
North Carolina General Statute 130A-333 including related statutes and Title 15A, Subchapter
18A, of the North Carolina Administrative Code, Rule .1900 and related rules.
Based on the criteria set out in Title 15A, Subchapter 18A, of the North Carolina Administrative
Code, Rule .1940 through .1948, the evaluation indicated that the site is UNSUITABLE for a
sanitary system of sewage treatment and disposal. Therefore, we must deny your request for an
improvement permit. A copy of the site evaluation is enclosed. The site is unsuitable based on
the following:
Unsuitable soil topography and/or landscape position (Rule .1940)
✓ Unsuitable soil characteristics (structure or clay mineralogy) (Rule
✓ Unsuitable soil wetness condition (Rule .1942)
✓ Unsuitable soil depth (Rule .1943)
Presence of restrictive horizon (Rule .1944)
Insufficient space for septic system and repair area (Rule .1945)
Unsuitable for meeting required setbacks (Rule .1950)
_Other (Rule .1946)
1941)
These severe soil or site limitations could cause premature system failure, leading to the
discharge of untreated sewage on the ground surface, into surface waters, directly to ground
water or inside your structure.
The site evaluation included consideration of possible site modifications, as well as use of
modified, innovative, or alternative systems. However, the Health Department has determined
that none of the above options will overcome the severe conditions on this site. A possible
option might be a system designed to dispose of sewage to another area of suitable soil or off -
site to additional property.
For the reasons set out above, the property is currently classified UNSUITABLE, and no
improvement permit shall be issued for this site in accordance with Rule .1948(c).
Environmental Health Division
Human Services Building 414 East Main Street, Durham, North Carolina 27701
[phone] 1 Fax [phone] dconc.gov/publichealth
Equal Employment/Affirmative Action Employer

You have a right to an informal review of this decision. You may request an informal review by
the soil scientist or environmental health supervisor at the local health department. You may
also request an informal,oDepartment o, Health and Human
localServices regional soil scientist. A request for informal review must be made in writing to the
;a department.
Please note: If you wish to pursue a formal appeal, you must file the petition form with the Office
o, AdministrativeHearings DAYS
,Sr OF DATE OF THIS LETTER. The date
letterthis Meeting the 30 day deadline is critical to your formal
appeal.
.2,re required by law (N.C. General Statute 15013-23) to serve a copy of your petition on the
Office of General Counsel, N.C. Department of Health and Human Services, 2001 Mail Servict
Center, Raleigh, N.C. 27699-2001. The Registered Agent for the Department of Health and
Human Services is Julie Cronin.
healthDo not serve the petition on your local health department. Sending a copy of your petition f
the local department Statute General
150B-23 that you send a copy to the Office of General Counsel, N. C. Department of Healt
and ,
Sincerely,
Patrick C. Eaton, REHS
Onsite Water Protection Supervisor
Enclosures: Copy of site evaluation
Copy of Rule .1948
xu
Environmental Health Division
Human Services Building 1 414 East Main Street, Durham, North Carolina 27701
[phone] 1 Fax [phone] dconc.gov/publichealth
Equal Employment/Affirmative Action Employer rev 12/22

15A NCAC 18A .1948 SITE CLASSIFICATION
(a) Sites classified as SUITABLE maybe utilized for aground absorption sewage treatment and disposal system consistent
with these Rules. A suitable classification generally indicates soil and site conditions favorable for the operation ofa ground
absorption sewage treatment and disposal system or have slight limitations that are readily overcome by proper design and
installation.
(b) Sites classified as PROVISIONALLY SUITABLE may be utilized fora ground absorption sewage treatment and disposal
system consistent with these Rules but have moderate limitations. Sites classified Provisionally Suitable require some
modifications and careful planning, design, and installation in order for a ground absorption sewage treatment and disposal
systemto function satisfactorily.
(c) Sites classified UNSUITABLE have severe limitations for the installation and use of a properly functioning ground
absorption sewage treatment and disposal system An improvement permit shall not be issued for a site which is classified as
UNSUITABLE. However, where a site is UNSUITABLE, it maybe reclassified PROVISIONALLY SUITABLE if a special
investigation indicates that a modified or alternative system can be installed in accordance with Rules .1956 or .1957 of this
Section.
(d) A site classified as UNSUITABLE may be used for a ground absorption sewage treatment and disposalsystemspecific*
identified in Rules .1955, .1956, or .1957 of this Section or a system approved under Rule .1969 if written documentation,
including engineering, hydrogeologic, geologic or soil studies, indicates to the local health department that the proposed
systemcan be expected to function satisfactorily. Such sites shallbe reclassified as PROVISIONALLY SUTTABLEifthebcal
health department determines that the substantiating data indicate that:
(1) a ground absorption systemcan be installed so that the effluent willbe non-pathogenic, non-infectious,
non -toxic, and non -hazardous;
(2) the effluent will not contaminate groundwater or surface water; and
(3) the effluent will not be exposed on the ground surface or be discharged to surface waters where it could
come in contact with people, animals, or vectors.
The State shall review the substantiating data if requested by the local health department.
HistoiyNote: Authority G.S.130A-335(e);
Eff. July 1, 1982;
Amended Eff. April 1, 1993; January 1, 1990.

DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES
DIVISION OF PUBLIC HEALTH, ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SECTION
ON -SITE WATER PROTECTION BRANCH
SOILISITE EVALUATION
for ON -SITE WASTEWATER SYSTEM
(Complete all fields in full)
OWJLNER: ) `OLV-%r CL rZo y-yr5
ADDRESS: 1313 wY r C r 5 C a1 C
PROPOSED FACILITY: 3 &fL 5F A> PROPOSED EMSIGN F OW (.1949):
LOCATION OF SITE: �I;
WATER SUPPLY: mate Well Spring Other
Sheer ( of 3
PROPERTY ID #:
COUNTY: w]
APPLICATION DATE 71/L
DATE EVALUATED:
PROPERTY SIZE:
PROPERTY RECORDED:
EVALUATION
METHQV7
Au
er Barin , Pit Cut I YPh
01 WAS 1 L WA1 hlk{ ' sewage inaustnaz
rrvicess amixea
P
R
F
1
L
E
#
.1940
LANDSCAPE
POSITION/
SLOPE %
HORIZON
DEPTH
(IN.)
SOIL MORPHOLOGY
{•I94I)
OTHER
PROFILE FACTORS
PROFILE
CLASS
& LTAR
.1941
STRUCTURE/
TEXTURE
.1941
CONSISTENCE/
MINERALOGY
•1942
SOIL
WETNESS/
COLOR
.1943
SOIL
DEPTH
.056
SAPR
❑
CLASS
.1944
RESTR
HORIZ
3 < <
vP xl
r�
o�t
wl.E 5C
V�r SC
21
5E-
E w
L L
� " �
sGc
� sE
v�•5
VF.' rFP
!6-za
►�� ac-F
DESCRIPTION
INITIAL SYSTEM
REPAIR SYSTEM
OTHER FACTORS (.1946):
SITE CLASSIFICATION (.1948): AA e
Available Space (.1945)
EVALUATED BY: Icc`t`C) r+
System Type(s)
OTHER(S) PRESENT: 2ca _ .v L�..
Site LTAR
COMMENTS
Updated February 2014

LEGEND
use the following standard abbreviations
SOIL CONVENTIONAL LPP
MINERALOGY/
LANDSCAPE POSITION
GROUP TEXTURE .1955 LTAR* .I957 LTAR*
CONSISTENCE
STRUCTURE
CC (Concave Slope)
1 S (Sand) 1,2 - 0,8 0.6 - 0A
SEXP (Slightly Expansive)
G (Single Grain)
CV (Convex Slope)
LS (Loamy Sand)
EXP (Expansive)
M (Massive)
D (Drainage Way)
CR (Crumb)
DS (Debris Slump)
11 SL (Sandy Loam) 0,8 - 0.6 0.4 - 0.3
GR (Granular)
FP (Flood Plain)
L (Loam)
SBK (Subangular Blocky)
FS (Foot Slope)
ABK (Angular Blocky)
H (Head Slope)
111 Si (Silt) 0.6 - 0.3 0.3 - 0,15
PL (Platy)
L (Linear Slope)
SiCL (Silty Clay Loam)
PR (Prismatic)
N (Nose Slope)
CL (Clay Loam)
R (Ridge)
SCL (Sandy Clay Loam)
MOIST
WET
S (Shoulder Slope)
SiL (Silt Loam)
T (Terrace)
VFR (Very Fnable)
NS (Non -sticky)
IV SC (Sandy Clay) 0,4 - 0,1 0.2 - 0.05
FR (Friable)
SS (Slightly Sticky)
Sic (Silty Clay)
F1(Firm)
S (Sticky)
C (Clay)
VFl (Very Finn v. Very Sticky)
VS (Very Sticky)
O (Organic) None None
EFl (Extremely Firm)
NP (Non -plastic)
SP (Slightly Plastic)
'Adjust LTAR due to depth, consistence, structure, soil wetness, landscape, position, wastewater flow and quality.
P (Plastic)
NOTES
VP (Very Plastic)
HORIZON DEPTH
In inches below natural soil surface
DEPTH OF FILL
In inches from land surface
RESTRICTIVE HORIZON
Thickness and depth from land surface
SAPROLITE
S(suflable) or U(unsuitable)
SOIL WEnIESS
Inches from land surface to free water or inches from land surface to sail colors with chroma 2 or less - record Munsell color
chip designation
CLASSIFICATION
S (Suitable), PS (Provisionally Suitable), or U (Unsuitable)
Evaluation ofsaprolite shalt be by pits.
Lang -tern Acceptance Rate (LTAR): gal/daylftr
Show profile locations sad other site features (dimensions, reference or benchmark, sad North).
i I
I
I
}
I
I
I
i
I
i
i
I
I
I
I
�
I
I
I
I
I
Updated February 2014

SOIL/SITE EVALUATION
(Continuation Sheet -Complete all field in full)
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AN13 HUMAN SERVICES
DIVISION OF PUBLIC HEALTH
ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SECTION - �
ON -SITE WATER PROTECTION BRANCH
Sheet Z of I
PROPERTY ID #: 19 3 f ;4
DATE OF EVALUATION: a"
COUNTY: Drr
P
R
1
E
#
.1940
LANDSCAPE
POSITION/
SLOPE %■
HORIZ
DEPTH
(IN.)
SOIL MORPHOLOGY
[.1941}
OTHER
PROFILE FACTORS
PROFILE
CLASS
& LTAR
.1941
STRUCTURE/
TEXTURE
.1941
CONSISTENCE/
MINERALOGY
.1942
SOIL
WETNESS/
COLOR
.1943
SOIL
DEPTH
.1956
SAPRO
CLASS
.1944
RESTR
HORIZ
d �a
�d5 �� SCL
f r :;c-
rta
61
COMMENTS:
Updated February 2014

_ I I

Appendix N
Floodway Regulation Compliance

National Flood Hazard Layer FI RMette *FEMA
Legend
78o44'19"W 36oO'35'N SEE FIS REPORT FOR DETAILED LEGEND AND INDEX MAP FOR FIRM PANEL LAYOUT
I.V,VVV
0 250 500 1,000 1,500 2,000
Basemap: USGS National Map: Orthoimagery: Data refreshed October, 2020
Without Base Flood Elevation (BFE)
Zone A, V, A99
SPECIAL FLOOD Wit
hBFE orDepthZoneAE,AD,AH,Ve,Aa
HAZARD AREAS Regulatory Floodway
OTHER AREAS OF
FLOOD HAZARD
0.2% Annual Chance Flood Hazard, Areas
of 1% annual chance flood with average
depth less than one foot or with drainage
areas of less than one square mile Zonex
Future Conditions 1% Annual
4 '- Chance Flood Hazard Zonex
"Area with Reduced Flood Risk due to
Levee. See Notes. Zonex
" Area with Flood Risk due to Leveezone D
NOSCREEN Area of Minimal Flood Hazard
Q Effective LOMRs
OTHER AREAS Area of Undetermined Flood Hazard
GENERAL - — - - Channel, Culvert, or Storm Sewer
STRUCTURES IIIIIII Levee, Dike, or Floodwall
e zo.z Cross Sections with 1% Annual Chance
17.5 Water Surface Elevation
a - - - Coastal Transect
—sfa— Base Flood Elevation Line (BFE)
Limit of Study
Jurisdiction Boundary
— --- Coastal Transect Baseline
OTHER
_ Profile Baseline
FEATURES
Hydrographic Feature
Digital Data Available AN
El No Digital Data Available
MAP PANELS
El Unmapped
QThe
pin displayed on the map is an approximate
point selected by the user and does not represent
an authoritative property location.
This map complies with FEMA's standards for the use of
digital flood maps if it is not void as described below.
The basemap shown complies with FEMA's basemap
accuracy standards
The flood hazard information is derived directly from the
authoritative NFHL web services provided by FEMA. This map
was exported on 7/12/2023 at 9:52 PM and does not
reflect changes or amendments subsequent to this date and
time. The NFHL and effective information may change or
become superseded by new data overtime.
This map image is void if the one or more of the following map
elements do not appear: basemap imagery, flood zone labels,
legend, scale bar, map creation date, community identifiers,
FIRM panel number, and FIRM effective date. Map images for
unmapped and unmodernized areas cannot be used for
regulatory purposes.

Appendix O
Threatened or Endangered Aquatic Species Documentation

Roy Cooper, Governor
0■0■� INC DEPARTMENT OF
■■�■m NATURAL AND CULTURAL RESOURCES
■ ■■■
July 13, 2023
Julie Davidson
Agriwaste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem St.
Apex, NC 27502
RE. Karina Rogers Onsite Wastewater Design, Karina Rogers
Dear Julie Davidson.
d_ Reid Wilson, Secretary
Misty Buchanan
Deputy director, Natural Heritage Program
NCNHDE-22636
The North Carolina Natural Heritage Program (NCNHP) appreciates the opportunity to provide
information about natural heritage resources for the project referenced above.
A query of the NCNHP database indicates that there are records for rare species, important natural
communities, natural areas, and/or conservation/managed areas within the proposed project
boundary. These results are presented in the attached `Documented Occurrences' tables and map.
The attached `Potential Occurrences' table summarizes rare species and natural communities that
have been documented within a one -mile radius of the property boundary. The proximity of these
records suggests that these natural heritage elements may potentially be present in the project area
if suitable habitat exists. Tables of natural areas and conservation/managed areas within a one -mile
radius of the project area, if any, are also included in this report.
If a Federally -listed species is documented within the project area or indicated within a one -mile
radius of the project area, the NCNHP recommends contacting the US Fish and Wildlife Service
(USFWS) for guidance. Contact information for USFWS offices in North Carolina is found here:
https://www.fws.gov/offices/Directory/ListOffices.cfm?statecode=37.
Please note that natural heritage element data are maintained for the purposes of conservation
planning, project review, and scientific research, and are not intended for use as the primary criteria
for regulatory decisions. Information provided by the NCNHP database may not be published
without prior written notification to the NCNHP, and the NCNHP must be credited as an information
source in these publications. Maps of NCNHP data may not be redistributed without permission.
Also please note that the NC Natural Heritage Program may follow this letter with additional
correspondence if a Dedicated Nature Preserve, Registered Heritage Area, Land and Water Fund
easement, or an occurrence of a Federally -listed species is documented near the project area.
If you have questions regarding the information provided in this letter or need additional assistance,
please contact Rodney A. Butler at rod nev.butlerWncdcr.gov or 919-707-8603.
Sincerely,
NC Natural Heritage Program
DEPARTh1EN7 OF NATURAL_ AND CULTURAL RESOVRCES
Q 121 W. JONES STREET. RALEIGH. NC 27603 • 1651 MAIL SERVICE CENTER. RALEIGH. NC 27699
OFC 918.707.9120 • FAX [phone]

Natural Heritage Element Occurrences, Natural Areas, and Managed Areas Intersecting the Project Area
Karina Rogers Onsite Wastewater Design
Project No. Karina Rogers
July 13, 2023
NCNHDE-22636
No Element Occurrences are Documented within the Project Area
There are no documented element occurrences (of medium to very high accuracy) that intersect with the project area. Please note, however, that although the
NCNHP database does not show records for rare species within the project area, it does not necessarily mean that they are not present, it may simply mean that
the area has not been surveyed. The use of Natural Heritage Program data should not be substituted for actual field surveys if needed, particularly if the project
area contains suitable habitat for rare species. If rare species are found, the NCNHP would appreciate receiving this information so that we may update our
database.
Natural Areas Documented Within Project Area
Site Name Representational Rating Collective Rating
Falls Lake Shoreline and Tributaries R2 (Very High) C3 (High)
Managed Areas Documented Within Project Area
Managed Ar JWwner Owner Type
Falls Lake US Army Corps of Engineers Federal
Falls Lake State Recreation Area NC DNCR, Division of Parks and Recreation State
NOTE: If the proposed project intersects with a conservation/managed area, please contact the landowner directly for additional information. If the project intersects with a Dedicated Nature Preserve
(DNP), Registered Natural Heritage Area (RHA), or Federally -listed species, NCNHP staff may provide additional correspondence regarding the project.
Definitions and an explanation of status designations and codes can be found at httr)s://ncnhde.natureserve.ora/heir). Data query generated on July 13, 2023; source: NCNHP, Spring (April) 2023. Please
resubmit your information request if more than one year elapses before project initiation as new information is continually added to the NCNHP database.
Page 2 of 4

Natural Heritage Element Occurrences, Natural Areas, and Managed Areas Within a One -mile Radius of the Project Area
Karina Rogers Onsite Wastewater Design
Project No. Karina Rogers
July 13, 2023
NCNHDE-22636
Element Occurrences Documented Within a One -mile Radius of the Project Area
Taxonomic EO ID Name Common Name
Group IScientific
Observation
Date
Bird 6352 Haliaeetus Bald Eagle 2019
leucocephalus
Vascular Plant 19601 Cardamine douglassii Douglass's Bittercress 2022-03-10
Element
Accuracy Federal
State
Global
State
Occurrence
Status
Status
Rank
Rank
Rank
i 111
E
3-Medium Bald/Golden
Threatened
G5
S3B,S3
Eagle
N
Protection
Act
A
2-High ---
Significantly
G5
S2
Ra re
Peripheral
Vascular Plant 16744 Scutellaria nervosa Veined Skullcap 1972 X 3-Medium --- Endangered G5 S1
Natural Areas Documented Within a One -mile Radius of the Project Area
rite Name Representational Rating _ Collective Rating _
Falls Lake Shoreline and Tributaries R2 (Very High) C3 (High)
Lick Creek Bottomland Forest R2 (Very High) C5 (General)
Managed Areas Documented Within a One -mile Radius of the Project Area
Managed Area Name Owner Owner Type AM
Durham County Open Space Durham County Local Government
Falls Lake US Army Corps of Engineers Federal
Butner -Falls of Neuse Game Land NC Wildlife Resources Commission State
Falls Lake State Recreation Area NC DNCR, Division of Parks and Recreation State
Mountains -to -Sea Trail NC DNCR, Division of Parks and Recreation State
NC Division of Mitigation Services Easement NC DEQ, Division of Mitigation Services State
Definitions and an explanation of status designations and codes can be found at httr)s://ncnhde.natureserve.ora/heir). Data query generated on July 13, 2023; source: NCNHP, Spring (April) 2023. Please
resubmit your information request if more than one year elapses before project initiation as new information is continually added to the NCNHP database.
Page 3 of 4